llvm-project/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp

7214 lines
280 KiB
C++
Raw Normal View History

//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
//
// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
//
// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
//
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
//
// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
//
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
#include "Sema.h"
#include "SemaInit.h"
#include "Lookup.h"
#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
#include "clang/Parse/Template.h"
using namespace clang;
/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
///
/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
/// function is being used.
///
/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
/// decls.
///
/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
/// referenced), false otherwise.
///
bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
// See if the decl is deprecated.
if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc);
}
// See if the decl is unavailable
if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
}
// See if this is a deleted function.
if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
if (FD->isDeleted()) {
Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
return true;
}
}
return false;
}
/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
///
void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
if (!attr)
return;
int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
2009-05-16 15:39:55 +08:00
// FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
// base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
unsigned int i = 0;
bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
int isMethod = 0;
if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
// skip over named parameters.
ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
if (nullPos)
--nullPos;
else
++i;
}
warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
isMethod = 1;
2009-08-05 05:02:39 +08:00
} else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
// skip over named parameters.
ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
if (nullPos)
--nullPos;
else
++i;
}
warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
2009-08-05 05:02:39 +08:00
} else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
// block or function pointer call.
QualType Ty = V->getType();
if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
: Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
unsigned k;
for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
if (nullPos)
--nullPos;
else
++i;
}
warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
}
if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
isMethod = 2;
2009-08-05 05:02:39 +08:00
} else
return;
2009-08-05 05:02:39 +08:00
} else
return;
if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
return;
}
int sentinel = i;
while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
--sentinelPos;
++i;
}
if (sentinelPos > 0) {
Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
return;
}
while (i < NumArgs-1) {
++i;
++sentinel;
}
Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
if (sentinelExpr && (!isa<GNUNullExpr>(sentinelExpr) &&
(!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
!sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)))) {
Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
}
return;
}
Introduce code modification hints into the diagnostics system. When we know how to recover from an error, we can attach a hint to the diagnostic that states how to modify the code, which can be one of: - Insert some new code (a text string) at a particular source location - Remove the code within a given range - Replace the code within a given range with some new code (a text string) Right now, we use these hints to annotate diagnostic information. For example, if one uses the '>>' in a template argument in C++98, as in this code: template<int I> class B { }; B<1000 >> 2> *b1; we'll warn that the behavior will change in C++0x. The fix is to insert parenthese, so we use code insertion annotations to illustrate where the parentheses go: test.cpp:10:10: warning: use of right-shift operator ('>>') in template argument will require parentheses in C++0x B<1000 >> 2> *b1; ^ ( ) Use of these annotations is partially implemented for HTML diagnostics, but it's not (yet) producing valid HTML, which may be related to PR2386, so it has been #if 0'd out. In this future, we could consider hooking this mechanism up to the rewriter to actually try to fix these problems during compilation (or, after a compilation whose only errors have fixes). For now, however, I suggest that we use these code modification hints whenever we can, so that we get better diagnostics now and will have better coverage when we find better ways to use this information. This also fixes PR3410 by placing the complaint about missing tokens just after the previous token (rather than at the location of the next token). llvm-svn: 65570
2009-02-27 05:00:50 +08:00
SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
}
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
// Standard Promotions and Conversions
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
QualType Ty = E->getType();
assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
if (Ty->isFunctionType())
ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
// In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
// an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
// type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
// to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
// that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
// (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
//
// C++ 4.2p1:
// An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
// T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
//
if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
}
}
/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
// C99 6.3.1.1p2:
//
// The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
// unsigned int may be used:
// - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
// conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
// and unsigned int.
// - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
//
// If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
// value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
// unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
// other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
if (!PTy.isNull()) {
ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
return Expr;
}
if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
return Expr;
}
DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
return Expr;
}
2008-07-26 06:25:12 +08:00
/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
2008-07-26 06:25:12 +08:00
/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
2008-07-26 06:25:12 +08:00
// If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
2008-07-26 06:25:12 +08:00
if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
2008-07-26 06:25:12 +08:00
UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
}
/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
/// completely illegal.
bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType() &&
DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
<< Expr->getType() << CT))
return true;
if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType() &&
DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
<< Expr->getType() << CT))
return true;
return false;
}
/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
/// GCC.
QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
bool isCompAssign) {
if (!isCompAssign)
UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
// For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
// For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
QualType lhs =
Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
QualType rhs =
Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
// If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
if (lhs == rhs)
return lhs;
// If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
// The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
return lhs;
// Perform bitfield promotions.
QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
if (!isCompAssign)
ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
return destType;
}
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
/// string.
///
Action::OwningExprResult
Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
if (Literal.hadError)
return ExprError();
llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
// A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
StrTy.addConst();
// Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
// the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
// strings.
StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
ArrayType::Normal, 0);
// Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Literal.GetStringLength(),
Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
&StringTokLocs[0],
StringTokLocs.size()));
}
/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
/// for values inside the block or for globals).
///
/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
/// up-to-date.
///
static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
ValueDecl *VD) {
// If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
// we wanted to.
if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
return false;
// If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
return false;
// If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
// snapshot it.
// FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
return false;
// Blocks that have these can't be constant.
CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
// If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
// which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
// be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
// all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
// If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
// having a reference outside it.
if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
break;
// Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
// a snapshot as well.
NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
}
return true;
}
/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Sema::OwningExprResult
Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
Diag(Loc,
diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
<< D->getDeclName();
return ExprError();
}
if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
<< D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
<< D->getIdentifier();
return ExprError();
}
}
}
}
MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
D, Loc, Ty));
}
/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
/// is Record.
static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
RecordDecl *Record) {
assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
"Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
2009-05-16 15:39:55 +08:00
// FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
// operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
// itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
D != DEnd; ++D) {
if (*D == Record) {
// The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
// follows its type in the list of declarations.
++D;
assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
return *D;
}
}
assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
return 0;
}
/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
/// actual member.
///
/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
/// we found.
///
/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
&& "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
Path.push_back(Field);
VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
do {
RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Path.push_back(AnonField);
else {
BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
break;
}
Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
} while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
return BaseObject;
}
Sema::OwningExprResult
Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
FieldDecl *Field,
Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
SourceLocation OpLoc) {
llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
AnonFields);
// Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
// which we will build a sequence of member references to each
// of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
// found via name lookup.
bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
Qualifiers BaseQuals;
if (BaseObject) {
// BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
// therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
SourceLocation());
BaseQuals
= Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
} else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
// The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
// whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
// anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
}
BaseQuals
= Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
} else {
// We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
// inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
// program our base object expression is "this".
if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
if (!MD->isStatic()) {
QualType AnonFieldType
= Context.getTagDeclType(
cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
== Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
// Our base object expression is "this".
BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc,
MD->getThisType(Context));
BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
}
} else {
return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
<< Field->getDeclName());
}
BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
}
if (!BaseObjectExpr)
return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
<< Field->getDeclName());
}
// Build the implicit member references to the field of the
// anonymous struct/union.
Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
// CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
// except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
if ((*FI)->isMutable())
ResultQuals.removeConst();
// GC attributes are never picked up by members.
ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
// TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
PerformObjectMemberConversion(Result, *FI);
// FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
OpLoc, MemberType);
BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
ResultQuals = NewQuals;
}
return Owned(Result);
}
/// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationName, its location, and
/// possibly a list of template arguments.
///
/// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call
/// DecomposeTemplateName.
///
/// This actually loses a lot of source location information for
/// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in
/// some way.
static void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Sema &SemaRef,
const UnqualifiedId &Id,
TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
DeclarationName &Name,
SourceLocation &NameLoc,
const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) {
if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(SemaRef,
Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
Id.TemplateId->NumArgs);
SemaRef.translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer);
TemplateArgsPtr.release();
TemplateName TName =
Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
Name = SemaRef.Context.getNameForTemplate(TName);
NameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
TemplateArgs = &Buffer;
} else {
Name = SemaRef.GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id);
NameLoc = Id.StartLocation;
TemplateArgs = 0;
}
}
/// Decompose the given template name into a list of lookup results.
///
/// The unqualified ID must name a non-dependent template, which can
/// be more easily tested by checking whether DecomposeUnqualifiedId
/// found template arguments.
static void DecomposeTemplateName(LookupResult &R, const UnqualifiedId &Id) {
assert(Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId);
TemplateName TName =
Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
if (TemplateDecl *TD = TName.getAsTemplateDecl())
R.addDecl(TD);
else if (OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = TName.getAsOverloadedTemplate())
for (OverloadedTemplateStorage::iterator I = OT->begin(), E = OT->end();
I != E; ++I)
R.addDecl(*I);
R.resolveKind();
}
static bool IsFullyFormedScope(Sema &SemaRef, CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
if (!BaseRT) return false;
CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
if (!BaseRecord->isDefinition() ||
!IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, BaseRecord))
return false;
}
return true;
}
/// Determines whether we can lookup this id-expression now or whether
/// we have to wait until template instantiation is complete.
static bool IsDependentIdExpression(Sema &SemaRef, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
DeclContext *DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
// If the qualifier scope isn't computable, it's definitely dependent.
if (!DC) return true;
// If the qualifier scope doesn't name a record, we can always look into it.
if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) return false;
// We can't look into record types unless they're fully-formed.
if (!IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))) return true;
return false;
}
/// Determines if the given class is provably not derived from all of
/// the prospective base classes.
static bool IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(Sema &SemaRef,
CXXRecordDecl *Record,
const llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> &Bases) {
if (Bases.count(Record->getCanonicalDecl()))
return false;
RecordDecl *RD = Record->getDefinition(SemaRef.Context);
if (!RD) return false;
Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD);
for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
if (!BaseRT) return false;
CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef, BaseRecord, Bases))
return false;
}
return true;
}
/// Determines if this is an instance member of a class.
static bool IsInstanceMember(NamedDecl *D) {
assert(D->isCXXClassMember() &&
"checking whether non-member is instance member");
if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) return true;
if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
return !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic();
if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
D = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)->getTemplatedDecl();
return !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic();
}
return false;
}
enum IMAKind {
/// The reference is definitely not an instance member access.
IMA_Static,
/// The reference may be an implicit instance member access.
IMA_Mixed,
/// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
/// so, because the context is not an instance method.
IMA_Mixed_StaticContext,
/// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
/// so, because the context is from an unrelated class.
IMA_Mixed_Unrelated,
/// The reference is definitely an implicit instance member access.
IMA_Instance,
/// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration.
IMA_Unresolved,
/// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration and the
/// context is not an instance method.
IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext,
/// The reference is to a member of an anonymous structure in a
/// non-class context.
IMA_AnonymousMember,
/// All possible referrents are instance members and the current
/// context is not an instance method.
IMA_Error_StaticContext,
/// All possible referrents are instance members of an unrelated
/// class.
IMA_Error_Unrelated
};
/// The given lookup names class member(s) and is not being used for
/// an address-of-member expression. Classify the type of access
/// according to whether it's possible that this reference names an
/// instance member. This is best-effort; it is okay to
/// conservatively answer "yes", in which case some errors will simply
/// not be caught until template-instantiation.
static IMAKind ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(Sema &SemaRef,
const LookupResult &R) {
assert(!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember());
bool isStaticContext =
(!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) ||
cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isStatic());
if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
return isStaticContext ? IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext : IMA_Unresolved;
// Collect all the declaring classes of instance members we find.
bool hasNonInstance = false;
llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> Classes;
for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
NamedDecl *D = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
if (IsInstanceMember(D)) {
CXXRecordDecl *R = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
// If this is a member of an anonymous record, move out to the
// innermost non-anonymous struct or union. If there isn't one,
// that's a special case.
while (R->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getParent());
if (!R) return IMA_AnonymousMember;
}
Classes.insert(R->getCanonicalDecl());
}
else
hasNonInstance = true;
}
// If we didn't find any instance members, it can't be an implicit
// member reference.
if (Classes.empty())
return IMA_Static;
// If the current context is not an instance method, it can't be
// an implicit member reference.
if (isStaticContext)
return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_StaticContext : IMA_Error_StaticContext);
// If we can prove that the current context is unrelated to all the
// declaring classes, it can't be an implicit member reference (in
// which case it's an error if any of those members are selected).
if (IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef,
cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->getParent(),
Classes))
return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_Unrelated : IMA_Error_Unrelated);
return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed : IMA_Instance);
}
/// Diagnose a reference to a field with no object available.
static void DiagnoseInstanceReference(Sema &SemaRef,
const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
const LookupResult &R) {
SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
SourceRange Range(Loc);
if (SS.isSet()) Range.setBegin(SS.getRange().getBegin());
if (R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>()) {
if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)) {
if (MD->isStatic()) {
// "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
<< Range << R.getLookupName();
return;
}
}
SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
<< R.getLookupName() << Range;
return;
}
SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_call_without_object) << Range;
}
/// Diagnose an empty lookup.
///
/// \return false if new lookup candidates were found
bool Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
LookupResult &R) {
DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
// We don't know how to recover from bad qualified lookups.
if (!SS.isEmpty()) {
Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
<< Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
<< SS.getRange();
return true;
}
unsigned diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_var_use;
if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_use;
// Fake an unqualified lookup. This is useful when (for example)
// the original lookup would not have found something because it was
// a dependent name.
for (DeclContext *DC = CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
if (!R.empty()) {
// Don't give errors about ambiguities in this lookup.
R.suppressDiagnostics();
CXXMethodDecl *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
bool isInstance = CurMethod &&
CurMethod->isInstance() &&
DC == CurMethod->getParent();
// Give a code modification hint to insert 'this->'.
// TODO: fixit for inserting 'Base<T>::' in the other cases.
// Actually quite difficult!
if (isInstance)
Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name
<< CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(R.getNameLoc(),
"this->");
else
Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
// Do we really want to note all of these?
for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_dependent_var_use);
// Tell the callee to try to recover.
return false;
}
}
}
// Give up, we can't recover.
Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
return true;
}
Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
UnqualifiedId &Id,
bool HasTrailingLParen,
bool isAddressOfOperand) {
assert(!(isAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
"cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
if (SS.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
// Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data.
DeclarationName Name;
SourceLocation NameLoc;
const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
// C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
// An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
// -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
// names a dependent type.
// Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization;
// we need to handle these differently.
if (SS.isSet() && IsDependentIdExpression(*this, SS)) {
return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, Name, NameLoc,
isAddressOfOperand,
TemplateArgs);
}
// Perform the required lookup.
LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
if (TemplateArgs) {
// Just re-use the lookup done by isTemplateName.
DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
} else {
LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, true);
// If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do
// some special Objective-C lookup, too.
if (!SS.isSet() && II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II));
if (E.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
Expr *Ex = E.takeAs<Expr>();
if (Ex) return Owned(Ex);
}
}
if (R.isAmbiguous())
return ExprError();
// Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
// argument-dependent lookup.
bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen);
if (R.empty() && !ADL) {
// Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
// in C90, extension in C99, forbidden in C++).
if (HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S);
if (D) R.addDecl(D);
}
// If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function
// call, diagnose the problem.
if (R.empty()) {
if (DiagnoseEmptyLookup(SS, R))
return ExprError();
assert(!R.empty() &&
"DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results");
}
}
// This is guaranteed from this point on.
assert(!R.empty() || ADL);
if (VarDecl *Var = R.getAsSingle<VarDecl>()) {
// Warn about constructs like:
// if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
// In the else block, the pointer is always false.
if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
Scope *CheckS = S;
while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) {
if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
<< Var->getDeclName()
<< (Var->getType()->isPointerType()? 2 :
Var->getType()->isBooleanType()? 1 : 0));
break;
}
// Move to the parent of this scope.
CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
}
}
} else if (FunctionDecl *Func = R.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>()) {
if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
// C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
// function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
// used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
// the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
// type.
if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, NameLoc))
return ExprError();
QualType T = Func->getType();
QualType NoProtoType = T;
if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, NameLoc, &SS);
}
}
// Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access.
// C++ [expr.prim.general]p6:
// Within the definition of a non-static member function, an
// identifier that names a non-static member is transformed to a
// class member access expression.
// But note that &SomeClass::foo is grammatically distinct, even
// though we don't parse it that way.
if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) {
bool isAbstractMemberPointer = (isAddressOfOperand && !SS.isEmpty());
if (!isAbstractMemberPointer)
return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs);
}
if (TemplateArgs)
return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, ADL, *TemplateArgs);
return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL);
}
/// Builds an expression which might be an implicit member expression.
Sema::OwningExprResult
Sema::BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
LookupResult &R,
const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
switch (ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(*this, R)) {
case IMA_Instance:
return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, true);
case IMA_AnonymousMember:
assert(R.isSingleResult());
return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(R.getNameLoc(),
R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>());
case IMA_Mixed:
case IMA_Mixed_Unrelated:
case IMA_Unresolved:
return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, false);
case IMA_Static:
case IMA_Mixed_StaticContext:
case IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext:
if (TemplateArgs)
return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, false, *TemplateArgs);
return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, false);
case IMA_Error_StaticContext:
case IMA_Error_Unrelated:
DiagnoseInstanceReference(*this, SS, R);
return ExprError();
}
llvm_unreachable("unexpected instance member access kind");
return ExprError();
}
/// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified
/// declaration name, generally during template instantiation.
/// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along
/// this path.
Sema::OwningExprResult
Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
DeclarationName Name,
SourceLocation NameLoc) {
DeclContext *DC;
if (!(DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
DC->isDependentContext() ||
RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS))
return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, Name, NameLoc, 0);
LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
if (R.isAmbiguous())
return ExprError();
if (R.empty()) {
Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_no_member) << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
return ExprError();
}
return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false);
}
/// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has
/// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method. Perform some
/// additional lookup.
///
/// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's
/// actually quite a lot of extra work involved.
///
/// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success.
Sema::OwningExprResult
Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
IdentifierInfo *II) {
SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc();
// There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
// in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
// found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
// a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
// this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
// If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
// ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
// ivar, that's an error.
bool IsClassMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
bool LookForIvars;
if (Lookup.empty())
LookForIvars = true;
else if (IsClassMethod)
LookForIvars = false;
else
LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
if (LookForIvars) {
ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
// Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
if (IsClassMethod)
return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
<< IV->getDeclName());
// If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
// error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
return ExprError();
// Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
return ExprError();
// Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
ClassDeclared != IFace)
Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
// FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
// turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
UnqualifiedId SelfName;
SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
SelfName, false, false);
MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
return Owned(new (Context)
ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
}
} else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
// We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
IFace == ClassDeclared)
Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
}
}
// Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
if (Lookup.empty() && II->isStr("super")) {
QualType T;
if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
else
T = Context.getObjCClassType();
return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
}
// Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special.
return Owned((Expr*) 0);
}
/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
bool
Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
QualType DestType =
Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
return false;
QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
}
if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
DestRecordType,
From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
From->getSourceRange()))
return true;
ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
/*isLvalue=*/true);
}
return false;
}
/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
const CXXScopeSpec &SS, ValueDecl *Member,
SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty,
const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0) {
NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
SourceRange QualifierRange;
if (SS.isSet()) {
Qualifier = (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep();
QualifierRange = SS.getRange();
}
return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
Member, Loc, TemplateArgs, Ty);
}
/// Builds an implicit member access expression. The current context
/// is known to be an instance method, and the given unqualified lookup
/// set is known to contain only instance members, at least one of which
/// is from an appropriate type.
Sema::OwningExprResult
Sema::BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
LookupResult &R,
const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
bool IsKnownInstance) {
assert(!R.empty() && !R.isAmbiguous());
SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
// We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
// (C++ [class.union]).
// FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
// FIXME: template-ids inside anonymous structs?
if (FieldDecl *FD = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>())
if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
// If this is known to be an instance access, go ahead and build a
// 'this' expression now.
QualType ThisType = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)->getThisType(Context);
Expr *This = 0; // null signifies implicit access
if (IsKnownInstance) {
This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisType);
}
return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, This), ThisType,
/*OpLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
/*IsArrow*/ true,
SS, R, TemplateArgs);
}
bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
const LookupResult &R,
bool HasTrailingLParen) {
// Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
if (!HasTrailingLParen)
return false;
// Never if a scope specifier was provided.
if (SS.isSet())
return false;
// Only in C++ or ObjC++.
if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
return false;
// Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
// normal lookup:
for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
NamedDecl *D = *I;
// C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
// -- a declaration of a class member
// Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
// original decl.
if (D->isCXXClassMember())
return false;
// C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
// -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
// using-declaration
// NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
// don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
// turn off ADL anyway).
if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
return false;
// C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
// -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
// template
// And also for builtin functions.
if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
// But also builtin functions.
if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
return false;
} else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
return false;
}
return true;
}
/// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
/// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
/// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
/// will in fact be used.
static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
return true;
}
if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
return true;
}
if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
return true;
}
return false;
}
Sema::OwningExprResult
Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
LookupResult &R,
bool NeedsADL) {
// If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL,
// just build an ordinary singleton decl ref.
if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult())
return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl());
// We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
// result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
// functions and function templates.
if (R.isSingleResult() &&
CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
return ExprError();
bool Dependent
= UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), 0);
UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
= UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, Dependent,
(NestedNameSpecifier*) SS.getScopeRep(),
SS.getRange(),
R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult());
for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
ULE->addDecl(*I);
return Owned(ULE);
}
/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
Sema::OwningExprResult
Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
"Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
return ExprError();
if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) {
// Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing
// a template argument list.
Diag(Loc, diag::err_template_decl_ref)
<< Template << SS.getRange();
Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
return ExprError();
}
// Make sure that we're referring to a value.
ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
if (!VD) {
Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value)
<< D << SS.getRange();
Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
return ExprError();
}
// Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
// this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
// on this function name, because this might not be the function
// that overload resolution actually selects.
if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
return ExprError();
// Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
return ExprError();
// If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
// that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
// DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
// the block is formed.
//
// We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
// as they do not get snapshotted.
//
if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
// The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
// This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
// Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
ExprTy.addConst();
return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
constAdded));
}
// If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
// within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, &SS);
}
Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
tok::TokenKind Kind) {
PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
switch (Kind) {
default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
}
// Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
// string.
Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
if (!currentDecl) {
Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
}
QualType ResTy;
if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
} else {
unsigned Length =
PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(Context, IT, currentDecl).length();
llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
}
return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
}
Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Tok.getLocation(), PP);
if (Literal.hadError())
return ExprError();
QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
Literal.isWide(),
type, Tok.getLocation()));
}
Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
// Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
// cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
}
llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
// Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
// Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Tok.getLocation(), PP);
if (Literal.hadError)
return ExprError();
Expr *Res;
if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
QualType Ty;
if (Literal.isFloat)
Ty = Context.FloatTy;
else if (!Literal.isLong)
Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
else
Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
using llvm::APFloat;
APFloat Val(Format);
APFloat::opStatus result = Literal.GetFloatValue(Val);
// Overflow is always an error, but underflow is only an error if
// we underflowed to zero (APFloat reports denormals as underflow).
if ((result & APFloat::opOverflow) ||
((result & APFloat::opUnderflow) && Val.isZero())) {
unsigned diagnostic;
llvm::SmallVector<char, 20> buffer;
if (result & APFloat::opOverflow) {
diagnostic = diag::err_float_overflow;
APFloat::getLargest(Format).toString(buffer);
} else {
diagnostic = diag::err_float_underflow;
APFloat::getSmallest(Format).toString(buffer);
}
Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diagnostic)
<< Ty
<< llvm::StringRef(buffer.data(), buffer.size());
}
bool isExact = (result == APFloat::opOK);
Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
} else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
return ExprError();
} else {
QualType Ty;
// long long is a C99 feature.
if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
2007-08-30 06:13:52 +08:00
Literal.isLongLong)
Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
// Get the value in the widest-possible width.
llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
// If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
"long long is not intmax_t?");
} else {
// If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
// according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
// Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
// be an unsigned int.
bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
// Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
unsigned Width = 0;
if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
// Are int/unsigned possibilities?
unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
// Does it fit in a unsigned int?
if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
// Does it fit in a signed int?
if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Ty = Context.IntTy;
else if (AllowUnsigned)
Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Width = IntSize;
}
}
// Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
// Does it fit in a unsigned long?
if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
// Does it fit in a signed long?
if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Ty = Context.LongTy;
else if (AllowUnsigned)
Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Width = LongSize;
}
}
// Finally, check long long if needed.
if (Ty.isNull()) {
unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
// Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
// Does it fit in a signed long long?
if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
else if (AllowUnsigned)
Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Width = LongLongSize;
}
}
// If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
// does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
if (Ty.isNull()) {
Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
}
if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
ResultVal.trunc(Width);
}
Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
}
// If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
if (Literal.isImaginary)
Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
return Owned(Res);
}
Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
}
/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: - Implement type checking for Sema::CheckConditionalOperands. - Fixed crasher in Sema::UsualUnaryConversion (incorrect use of cast<>). - Added a few diagnostics and started passing 2 args! (Thanks Chris!). Here's some diagnostic output that is much nicer than gcc... [dylan:~/llvm/tools/clang] admin% ../../Debug/bin/clang cond.c cond.c:12:14: error: used type 'struct foo' where arithmetic or pointer type is required result = s ? 1 : 2; ^ cond.c:13:14: error: incompatible operand types ('struct foo' and 'struct bar') result = a ? s : s2; ^ cond.c:14:14: warning: pointer type mismatch ('struct foo *' and 'struct bar *') result = a ? ps : ps2; ^ cond.c:14:10: warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast result = a ? ps : ps2; ^ cond.c:15:14: error: incompatible operand types ('struct foo *' and 'struct foo') result = a ? ps : s; ^ cond.c:16:14: warning: pointer type mismatch ('void (*)(int)' and 'void (*)(int, int)') result = a ? func : func2; ^ cond.c:16:10: warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast result = a ? func : func2; ^ 7 diagnostics generated. [dylan:~/llvm/tools/clang] admin% cc -c cond.c cond.c: In function 'main': cond.c:12: error: used struct type value where scalar is required cond.c:13: error: type mismatch in conditional expression cond.c:14: warning: pointer type mismatch in conditional expression cond.c:14: warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast cond.c:15: error: type mismatch in conditional expression cond.c:16: warning: pointer type mismatch in conditional expression cond.c:16: warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast llvm-svn: 39451
2007-05-17 03:47:19 +08:00
/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
SourceLocation OpLoc,
const SourceRange &ExprRange,
bool isSizeof) {
if (exprType->isDependentType())
return false;
// C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
// the result is the size of the referenced type."
// C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the
// result shall be the alignment of the referenced type."
if (const ReferenceType *Ref = exprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
exprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
// C99 6.5.3.4p1:
if (exprType->isFunctionType()) {
// alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
if (isSizeof)
Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
return false;
}
// Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
<< (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
return false;
}
if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
PDiag(diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type)
<< int(!isSizeof) << ExprRange))
return true;
// Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
<< exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
return true;
}
return false;
}
bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
E = E->IgnoreParens();
// alignof decl is always ok.
if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
return false;
// Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
if (E->isTypeDependent())
return false;
if (E->getBitField()) {
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
return true;
}
// Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
// bit-field.
if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
return false;
return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
}
/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Action::OwningExprResult
Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
SourceLocation OpLoc,
bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
if (!TInfo)
return ExprError();
QualType T = TInfo->getType();
if (!T->isDependentType() &&
CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
return ExprError();
// C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, TInfo,
Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
R.getEnd()));
}
/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
/// operand.
Action::OwningExprResult
Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
// Verify that the operand is valid.
bool isInvalid = false;
if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
// Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
} else if (!isSizeOf) {
isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
} else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
isInvalid = true;
} else {
isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
}
if (isInvalid)
return ExprError();
// C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
R.getEnd()));
}
/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Action::OwningExprResult
Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
// If error parsing type, ignore.
if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
if (isType) {
TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
(void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &TInfo);
return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
}
Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
Action::OwningExprResult Result
= CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
if (Result.isInvalid())
DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
return move(Result);
}
QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
if (V->isTypeDependent())
return Context.DependentTy;
// These operators return the element type of a complex type.
if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
return CT->getElementType();
// Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
return V->getType();
// Reject anything else.
Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
<< (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
return QualType();
}
Action::OwningExprResult
Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
switch (Kind) {
default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
}
return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
}
Action::OwningExprResult
Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
// Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
*RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
(LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
Base.release();
Idx.release();
return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
}
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
(LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
}
return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
}
Action::OwningExprResult
Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
// Perform default conversions.
DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
// C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
// to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
// in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
// and index from the expression types.
Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
QualType ResultType;
if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
BaseExpr = LHSExp;
IndexExpr = RHSExp;
ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
} else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
BaseExpr = LHSExp;
IndexExpr = RHSExp;
ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
} else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
// Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
BaseExpr = RHSExp;
IndexExpr = LHSExp;
ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
} else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
BaseExpr = LHSExp;
IndexExpr = RHSExp;
ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
} else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
// Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
BaseExpr = RHSExp;
IndexExpr = LHSExp;
ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
} else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
IndexExpr = RHSExp;
// FIXME: need to deal with const...
ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
} else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
// If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
// wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
// allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
// force the promotion here.
Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
LHSExp->getSourceRange();
ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
BaseExpr = LHSExp;
IndexExpr = RHSExp;
ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
} else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
// Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
RHSExp->getSourceRange();
ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
BaseExpr = RHSExp;
IndexExpr = LHSExp;
ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
} else {
return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
<< LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
}
// C99 6.5.2.1p1
if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
<< IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
&& !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
// C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
// C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
// type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
// incomplete types are not object types.
if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
<< ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
return ExprError();
}
if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
<< BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
return ExprError();
// Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
<< ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
return ExprError();
}
Base.release();
Idx.release();
return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
ResultType, RLoc));
}
QualType Sema::
CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
SourceLocation CompLoc) {
// FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
// see FIXME there.
//
// FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
// halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
// The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
// This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
// special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
// to be selected.
bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
// This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
// indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
// Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
// names must come from the same set.
if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
!strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
HalvingSwizzle = true;
} else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
do
compStr++;
while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
} else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
do
compStr++;
while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
}
if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
// We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
// didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
<< std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
return QualType();
}
// Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
// operates on.
if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
if (HexSwizzle)
compStr++;
while (*compStr) {
if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
<< baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
return QualType();
}
}
}
// The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
// The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
// vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
// vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
// vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? (vecType->getNumElements() + 1) / 2
: CompName->getLength();
if (HexSwizzle)
CompSize--;
if (CompSize == 1)
return vecType->getElementType();
QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
// Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
// diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
}
return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
}
static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
IdentifierInfo *Member,
const Selector &Sel,
ASTContext &Context) {
if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
return PD;
if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
return OMD;
for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Context))
return D;
}
return 0;
}
static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
IdentifierInfo *Member,
const Selector &Sel,
ASTContext &Context) {
// Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Decl *GDecl = 0;
for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
GDecl = PD;
break;
}
// Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
GDecl = OMD;
break;
}
}
if (!GDecl) {
for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
// Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
if (GDecl)
return GDecl;
}
}
return GDecl;
}
Sema::OwningExprResult
Sema::ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseType,
bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
// Even in dependent contexts, try to diagnose base expressions with
// obviously wrong types, e.g.:
//
// T* t;
// t.f;
//
// In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
// accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
// allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
if (!IsArrow) {
const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
if (PT && (!getLangOptions().ObjC1 ||
PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
assert(BaseExpr && "cannot happen with implicit member accesses");
Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
<< BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
return ExprError();
}
}
assert(BaseType->isDependentType());
// Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
// must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, BaseType,
IsArrow, OpLoc,
static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()),
SS.getRange(),
FirstQualifierInScope,
Name, NameLoc,
TemplateArgs));
}
/// We know that the given qualified member reference points only to
/// declarations which do not belong to the static type of the base
/// expression. Diagnose the problem.
static void DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(Sema &SemaRef,
Expr *BaseExpr,
QualType BaseType,
const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
const LookupResult &R) {
// If this is an implicit member access, use a different set of
// diagnostics.
if (!BaseExpr)
return DiagnoseInstanceReference(SemaRef, SS, R);
// FIXME: this is an exceedingly lame diagnostic for some of the more
// complicated cases here.
DeclContext *DC = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getDeclContext();
SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
<< SS.getRange() << DC << BaseType;
}
// Check whether the declarations we found through a nested-name
// specifier in a member expression are actually members of the base
// type. The restriction here is:
//
// C++ [expr.ref]p2:
// ... In these cases, the id-expression shall name a
// member of the class or of one of its base classes.
//
// So it's perfectly legitimate for the nested-name specifier to name
// an unrelated class, and for us to find an overload set including
// decls from classes which are not superclasses, as long as the decl
// we actually pick through overload resolution is from a superclass.
bool Sema::CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr,
QualType BaseType,
const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
const LookupResult &R) {
const RecordType *BaseRT = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
if (!BaseRT) {
// We can't check this yet because the base type is still
// dependent.
assert(BaseType->isDependentType());
return false;
}
CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
// If this is an implicit member reference and we find a
// non-instance member, it's not an error.
if (!BaseExpr && !IsInstanceMember((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()))
return false;
// Note that we use the DC of the decl, not the underlying decl.
CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>((*I)->getDeclContext());
while (RecordD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordD->getParent());
llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*,4> MemberRecord;
MemberRecord.insert(RecordD->getCanonicalDecl());
if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(*this, BaseRecord, MemberRecord))
return false;
}
DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(*this, BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R);
return true;
}
static bool
LookupMemberExprInRecord(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R,
SourceRange BaseRange, const RecordType *RTy,
SourceLocation OpLoc, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, QualType(RTy, 0),
PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
<< BaseRange))
return true;
DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
if (SS.isSet()) {
// If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
// nested-name-specifier.
DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS)) {
SemaRef.Diag(SS.getRange().getEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
<< SS.getRange() << DC;
return true;
}
assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
<< DC << SS.getRange();
return true;
}
}
// The record definition is complete, now look up the member.
SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
return false;
}
Sema::OwningExprResult
Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg BaseArg, QualType BaseType,
SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
if (BaseType->isDependentType() ||
(SS.isSet() && isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS)))
return ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
IsArrow, OpLoc,
SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
Name, NameLoc,
TemplateArgs);
LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
// Implicit member accesses.
if (!Base) {
QualType RecordTy = BaseType;
if (IsArrow) RecordTy = RecordTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, SourceRange(),
RecordTy->getAs<RecordType>(),
OpLoc, SS))
return ExprError();
// Explicit member accesses.
} else {
OwningExprResult Result =
LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
/*ObjCImpDecl*/ DeclPtrTy());
if (Result.isInvalid()) {
Owned(Base);
return ExprError();
}
if (Result.get())
return move(Result);
}
return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, R, TemplateArgs);
}
Sema::OwningExprResult
Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseExprType,
SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
LookupResult &R,
const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
QualType BaseType = BaseExprType;
if (IsArrow) {
assert(BaseType->isPointerType());
BaseType = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
}
NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier =
static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep());
DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
if (R.isAmbiguous())
return ExprError();
if (R.empty()) {
// Rederive where we looked up.
DeclContext *DC = (SS.isSet()
? computeDeclContext(SS, false)
: BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
<< MemberName << DC
<< (BaseExpr ? BaseExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange());
return ExprError();
}
// Diagnose qualified lookups that find only declarations from a
// non-base type. Note that it's okay for lookup to find
// declarations from a non-base type as long as those aren't the
// ones picked by overload resolution.
if (SS.isSet() && CheckQualifiedMemberReference(BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R))
return ExprError();
// Construct an unresolved result if we in fact got an unresolved
// result.
if (R.isOverloadedResult() || R.isUnresolvableResult()) {
bool Dependent =
BaseExprType->isDependentType() ||
R.isUnresolvableResult() ||
UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), TemplateArgs);
UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr
= UnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, Dependent,
R.isUnresolvableResult(),
BaseExpr, BaseExprType,
IsArrow, OpLoc,
Qualifier, SS.getRange(),
MemberName, MemberLoc,
TemplateArgs);
for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
MemExpr->addDecl(*I);
return Owned(MemExpr);
}
assert(R.isSingleResult());
NamedDecl *MemberDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
// FIXME: diagnose the presence of template arguments now.
// If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
// sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
// error cases.
if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
return ExprError();
// Handle the implicit-member-access case.
if (!BaseExpr) {
// If this is not an instance member, convert to a non-member access.
if (!IsInstanceMember(MemberDecl))
return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), MemberDecl);
BaseExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(), BaseExprType);
}
bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
// Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
// explicitly qualified.
if (MD->isVirtual() && !SS.isSet())
ShouldCheckUse = false;
}
// Check the use of this member.
if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc)) {
Owned(BaseExpr);
return ExprError();
}
if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
// We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
// (C++ [class.union]).
if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
!BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
BaseExpr, OpLoc);
// Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
else {
Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
Qualifiers MemberQuals
= Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
if (Combined != MemberQuals)
MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
}
MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
return ExprError();
return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
FD, MemberLoc, MemberType));
}
if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, Var);
return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
Var, MemberLoc,
Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
}
if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
MemberFn, MemberLoc,
MemberFn->getType()));
}
if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
}
Owned(BaseExpr);
if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
<< MemberName << int(IsArrow));
// We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
// generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
// to this member with '.' or '->'.
return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
<< MemberName << int(IsArrow));
}
/// Look up the given member of the given non-type-dependent
/// expression. This can return in one of two ways:
/// * If it returns a sentinel null-but-valid result, the caller will
/// assume that lookup was performed and the results written into
/// the provided structure. It will take over from there.
/// * Otherwise, the returned expression will be produced in place of
/// an ordinary member expression.
///
/// The ObjCImpDecl bit is a gross hack that will need to be properly
/// fixed for ObjC++.
Sema::OwningExprResult
Sema::LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, Expr *&BaseExpr,
bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
// Perform default conversions.
DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
assert(!BaseType->isDependentType());
DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
// If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer
// type, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call that
// function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the
// call, and continue on.
if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun
= Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType();
if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 &&
((!IsArrow && ResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
(IsArrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() &&
ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()
->isRecordType()))) {
SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
<< QualType(Fun, 0)
<< CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
OwningExprResult NewBase
= ActOnCallExpr(0, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc,
MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc);
if (NewBase.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>();
DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
}
}
}
// If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
// use that.
if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
if (IsArrow) {
// Handle the following exceptional case PObj->isa.
if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
if (OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, true, MemberLoc,
Context.getObjCClassType()));
}
}
// We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
// is a reference to 'isa'.
if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
}
}
// If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
// use that.
if (Context.isObjCSelType(BaseType)) {
// We have an 'SEL' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
// is a reference to 'sel_id'.
if (BaseType != Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType) {
BaseType = Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType;
ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
}
}
assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
// Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
if (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
// Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
// FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
// Check the use of this method.
if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
return ExprError();
}
// If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
// will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Selector SetterSel =
SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
if (!Setter) {
// If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
// methods.
Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
}
// Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
if (!Setter)
Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
return ExprError();
if (Getter || Setter) {
QualType PType;
if (Getter)
PType = Getter->getResultType();
else
// Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
// FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
PType,
Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
}
return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
<< MemberName << BaseType);
}
}
if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
}
if (IsArrow) {
if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
;
else if (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
// Recover from arrow accesses to records, e.g.:
// struct MyRecord foo;
// foo->bar
// This is actually well-formed in C++ if MyRecord has an
// overloaded operator->, but that should have been dealt with
// by now.
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
<< BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
<< CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
IsArrow = false;
} else {
Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
<< BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
return ExprError();
}
} else {
// Recover from dot accesses to pointers, e.g.:
// type *foo;
// foo.bar
// This is actually well-formed in two cases:
// - 'type' is an Objective C type
// - 'bar' is a pseudo-destructor name which happens to refer to
// the appropriate pointer type
if (MemberName.getNameKind() != DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
if (PT && PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()) {
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
<< BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
<< CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "->");
BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
IsArrow = true;
}
}
}
// Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access
// to fields of the ObjC 'id' struct.
if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, BaseExpr->getSourceRange(),
RTy, OpLoc, SS))
return ExprError();
return Owned((Expr*) 0);
}
// Handle pseudo-destructors (C++ [expr.pseudo]). Since anything referring
// into a record type was handled above, any destructor we see here is a
// pseudo-destructor.
if (MemberName.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
// C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
// The left hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
// left hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar
// type.
if (!BaseType->isScalarType())
return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
<< BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
// [...] The type designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the
// same as the object type.
if (!MemberName.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() &&
!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(BaseType, MemberName.getCXXNameType()))
return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
<< BaseType << MemberName.getCXXNameType()
<< BaseExpr->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(MemberLoc));
// [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of
// the form
//
// ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ̃ type-name
//
// shall designate the same scalar type.
//
// FIXME: DPG can't see any way to trigger this particular clause, so it
// isn't checked here.
// FIXME: We've lost the precise spelling of the type by going through
// DeclarationName. Can we do better?
return Owned(new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, BaseExpr,
IsArrow, OpLoc,
(NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep(),
SS.getRange(),
MemberName.getCXXNameType(),
MemberLoc));
}
// Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
// (*Obj).ivar.
if ((IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
(!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
if (IFaceT) {
IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
if (IV) {
// If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
// sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
// error cases.
if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
return ExprError();
// Check whether we can reference this field.
if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
return ExprError();
if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
// Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
// FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
// class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
// down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
// need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
// AST for a function decl.
Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
}
if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
<< IV->getDeclName();
2009-08-05 05:02:39 +08:00
} else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
// @protected
Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
<< IV->getDeclName();
}
return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
IsArrow));
}
return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
<< IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
<< BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
}
}
// Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
if (!IsArrow && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
// Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
// Check the use of this declaration
if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
return ExprError();
return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
}
if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
// Check the use of this method.
if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
return ExprError();
return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
OMD->getResultType(),
OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
NULL, 0));
}
}
return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
<< MemberName << BaseType);
}
// Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
// pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
if (!IsArrow && (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
// Search for a declared property first.
if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
// Check whether we can reference this property.
if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
return ExprError();
QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
}
// Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
// Check whether we can reference this property.
if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
return ExprError();
return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
}
// If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
// selector is implemented.
// FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
// shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
// If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
if (!Getter)
Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Sel);
// Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
if (!Getter)
Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
if (Getter) {
// Check if we can reference this property.
if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
return ExprError();
}
// If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
// will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Selector SetterSel =
SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
if (!Setter) {
// If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
// methods.
Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
}
// Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
if (!Setter)
Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
return ExprError();
if (Getter || Setter) {
QualType PType;
if (Getter)
PType = Getter->getResultType();
else
// Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
// FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
}
return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
<< MemberName << BaseType);
}
// Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
if (!IsArrow &&
BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
Context.getObjCClassType()));
// Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
if (ret.isNull())
return ExprError();
return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
MemberLoc));
}
Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
<< BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
return ExprError();
}
static Sema::OwningExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(Sema &SemaRef,
SourceLocation NameLoc,
Sema::ExprArg MemExpr) {
Expr *E = (Expr *) MemExpr.get();
SourceLocation ExpectedLParenLoc = SemaRef.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NameLoc);
SemaRef.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call)
<< isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(E)
<< CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ExpectedLParenLoc, "()");
return SemaRef.ActOnCallExpr(/*Scope*/ 0,
move(MemExpr),
/*LPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc,
Sema::MultiExprArg(SemaRef, 0, 0),
/*CommaLocs*/ 0,
/*RPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc);
}
/// The main callback when the parser finds something like
/// expression . [nested-name-specifier] identifier
/// expression -> [nested-name-specifier] identifier
/// where 'identifier' encompasses a fairly broad spectrum of
/// possibilities, including destructor and operator references.
///
/// \param OpKind either tok::arrow or tok::period
/// \param HasTrailingLParen whether the next token is '(', which
/// is used to diagnose mis-uses of special members that can
/// only be called
/// \param ObjCImpDecl the current ObjC @implementation decl;
/// this is an ugly hack around the fact that ObjC @implementations
/// aren't properly put in the context chain
Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseArg,
SourceLocation OpLoc,
tok::TokenKind OpKind,
const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
UnqualifiedId &Id,
DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl,
bool HasTrailingLParen) {
if (SS.isSet() && SS.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
// Decompose the name into its component parts.
DeclarationName Name;
SourceLocation NameLoc;
const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
bool IsArrow = (OpKind == tok::arrow);
NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope
= (!SS.isSet() ? 0 : FindFirstQualifierInScope(S,
static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep())));
// This is a postfix expression, so get rid of ParenListExprs.
BaseArg = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(BaseArg));
Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
OwningExprResult Result(*this);
if (Base->getType()->isDependentType()) {
Result = ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
IsArrow, OpLoc,
SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
Name, NameLoc,
TemplateArgs);
} else {
LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
if (TemplateArgs) {
// Re-use the lookup done for the template name.
DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
} else {
Result = LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
ObjCImpDecl);
if (Result.isInvalid()) {
Owned(Base);
return ExprError();
}
if (Result.get()) {
// The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to
// immediately call it, which falls into this case. If the
// next token is not a '(', produce a diagnostic and build the
// call now.
if (!HasTrailingLParen &&
Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName)
return DiagnoseDtorReference(*this, NameLoc, move(Result));
return move(Result);
}
}
Result = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, R, TemplateArgs);
}
return move(Result);
}
Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
FunctionDecl *FD,
ParmVarDecl *Param) {
if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
Diag (CallLoc,
diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
} else {
if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
// Instantiate the expression.
MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD);
InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
if (Result.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
// Check the expression as an initializer for the parameter.
InitializedEntity Entity
= InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param);
InitializationKind Kind
= InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Param->getLocation(),
/*FIXME:EqualLoc*/UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin());
Expr *ResultE = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &ResultE, 1);
Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&ResultE, 1));
if (Result.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
// Build the default argument expression.
return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param,
Result.takeAs<Expr>()));
}
// If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
// push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
// be properly destroyed.
// FIXME: We should really be rebuilding the default argument with new
// bound temporaries; see the comment in PR5810.
for (unsigned i = 0, e = Param->getNumDefaultArgTemporaries(); i != e; ++i)
ExprTemporaries.push_back(Param->getDefaultArgTemporary(i));
}
// We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param));
}
/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
/// true if the call is ill-formed.
bool
Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
FunctionDecl *FDecl,
const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
// C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
// assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
bool Invalid = false;
// If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
// arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
<< Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
}
// If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
// them.
if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
<< Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
<< SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
// This deletes the extra arguments.
Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
return true;
}
}
llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
VariadicCallType CallType =
Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction : VariadicDoesNotApply;
if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
CallType = VariadicMethod;
Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(), FDecl,
Proto, 0, Args, NumArgs, AllArgs, CallType);
if (Invalid)
return true;
unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size();
for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i)
Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]);
return false;
}
bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
FunctionDecl *FDecl,
const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
unsigned FirstProtoArg,
Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
VariadicCallType CallType) {
unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
bool Invalid = false;
if (NumArgs != NumArgsInProto)
// Use default arguments for missing arguments
NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
unsigned ArgIx = 0;
// Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
for (unsigned i = FirstProtoArg; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Expr *Arg;
if (ArgIx < NumArgs) {
Arg = Args[ArgIx++];
if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
ProtoArgType,
PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
<< Arg->getSourceRange()))
return true;
// Pass the argument
ParmVarDecl *Param = 0;
if (FDecl && i < FDecl->getNumParams())
Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
InitializedEntity Entity =
Param? InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param)
: InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(ProtoArgType);
OwningExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
SourceLocation(),
Owned(Arg));
if (ArgE.isInvalid())
return true;
Arg = ArgE.takeAs<Expr>();
} else {
ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param);
if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
return true;
Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
}
AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
}
// If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
// Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i < NumArgs; i++) {
Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
}
}
return Invalid;
}
/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
/// locations.
Action::OwningExprResult
Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
MultiExprArg args,
SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
// Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
// If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
if (NumArgs > 0) {
// Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
<< CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval(
SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
NumArgs = 0;
}
return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
RParenLoc));
}
// Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
// in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
2009-05-16 15:39:55 +08:00
// FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
// Fn.
bool Dependent = false;
if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
Dependent = true;
else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
Dependent = true;
if (Dependent)
return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
// Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
// Determine whether this is a call to an unresolved member function.
if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
// If lookup was unresolved but not dependent (i.e. didn't find
// an unresolved using declaration), it has to be an overloaded
// function set, which means it must contain either multiple
// declarations (all methods or method templates) or a single
// method template.
assert((MemE->getNumDecls() > 1) ||
isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*MemE->decls_begin()));
(void)MemE;
return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
}
// Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl))
return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
}
// Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NakedFn)) {
if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
NumArgs, ResultTy,
RParenLoc));
if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
TheCall.get(), 0))
return ExprError();
if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
RParenLoc))
return ExprError();
return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
}
return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
<< Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
}
}
}
// If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
// Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
// lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn)) {
UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn);
return BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
}
NamedDecl *NDecl = 0;
if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn))
NDecl = cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)->getDecl();
return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
}
/// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression,
/// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should
/// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or
/// block-pointer type.
///
/// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available
Sema::OwningExprResult
Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
SourceLocation LParenLoc,
Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
// Promote the function operand.
UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
// Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
// of arguments and function on error.
ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
Args, NumArgs,
Context.BoolTy,
RParenLoc));
const FunctionType *FuncT;
if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
// C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
// have type pointer to function".
const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
if (PT == 0)
return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
<< Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
} else { // This is a block call.
FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
getAs<FunctionType>();
}
if (FuncT == 0)
return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
<< Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
// Check for a valid return type
if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
FDecl))
return ExprError();
// We know the result type of the call, set it.
TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
RParenLoc))
return ExprError();
} else {
assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
if (FDecl) {
// Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
// on our knowledge of the function definition.
const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
<< (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
}
}
}
// Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
Expr *Arg = Args[i];
DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Arg->getType(),
PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
<< Arg->getSourceRange()))
return ExprError();
TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
}
}
if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
if (!Method->isStatic())
return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
<< Fn->getSourceRange());
// Check for sentinels
if (NDecl)
DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
// Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
if (FDecl) {
if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
return ExprError();
if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
} else if (NDecl) {
if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
return ExprError();
}
return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
}
Action::OwningExprResult
Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
// FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
//assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
<< SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
} else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
<< SourceRange(LParenLoc,
literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
return ExprError();
InitializedEntity Entity
= InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(literalType);
InitializationKind Kind
= InitializationKind::CreateCast(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc),
/*IsCStyleCast=*/true);
InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &literalExpr, 1);
OwningExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&literalExpr, 1),
&literalType);
if (Result.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
InitExpr.release();
literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Result.get());
bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
return ExprError();
}
Result.release();
// FIXME: Store the TInfo to preserve type information better.
return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
literalExpr, isFileScope));
}
Action::OwningExprResult
Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
// Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
// CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
RBraceLoc);
E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
return Owned(E);
}
static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
return DestTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() ?
CastExpr::CK_AnyPointerToObjCPointerCast :
CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
}
if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
}
if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
}
// FIXME: Assert here.
// assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
}
/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
bool FunctionalStyle) {
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
ConversionDecl);
DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(castExpr);
// C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
// type needs to be scalar.
if (castType->isVoidType()) {
// Cast to void allows any expr type.
Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
return false;
}
if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) &&
(castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
// GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
// FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
<< castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
return false;
}
if (castType->isUnionType()) {
// GCC cast to union extension
RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(),
castExpr->getType())) {
Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
<< castExpr->getSourceRange();
break;
}
}
if (Field == FieldEnd)
return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
<< castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
return false;
}
// Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
<< castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
}
if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
!castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
<< castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
}
if (castType->isExtVectorType())
return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
if (castType->isVectorType())
return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr))
return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
<< castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
} else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
<< castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
}
Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
return false;
}
bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Ty->isVectorType() ?
diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
<< VectorTy << Ty << R;
} else
return Diag(R.getBegin(),
diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
<< VectorTy << Ty << R;
Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
return false;
}
bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
// If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
// an ExtVectorType.
if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
<< DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
return false;
}
// All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
// conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
// splat from elt type to vector.
if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
return Diag(R.getBegin(),
diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
<< DestTy << SrcTy << R;
QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
return false;
}
Action::OwningExprResult
Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
2009-08-08 06:21:05 +08:00
CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
"ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
//FIXME: Preserve type source info.
QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
// If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),castType);
CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr,
Kind, Method))
return ExprError();
if (Method) {
OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, castType, Kind,
Method, move(Op));
if (CastArg.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
} else {
Op.release();
}
return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Kind, castExpr, castType,
2009-08-08 06:21:05 +08:00
LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
}
/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
/// of comma binary operators.
Action::OwningExprResult
Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
if (!E)
return Owned(expr);
OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
}
Action::OwningExprResult
Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
QualType Ty) {
ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
// If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
// then handle it as such.
if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
return ExprError();
}
llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
// FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
// braces instead of the original commas.
Op.release();
InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
E->setType(Ty);
return ActOnCompoundLiteral(LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,
Owned(E));
} else {
// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
// sequence of BinOp comma operators.
Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
return ActOnCastExpr(S, LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,move(Op));
}
}
Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenOrParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
SourceLocation R,
MultiExprArg Val,
TypeTy *TypeOfCast) {
unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenOrParenListExpr() missing expr list");
Expr *expr;
if (nexprs == 1 && TypeOfCast && !TypeIsVectorType(TypeOfCast))
expr = new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, exprs[0]);
else
expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
return Owned(expr);
}
/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
/// In that case, lhs = cond.
/// C99 6.5.15
QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
// C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
CheckSignCompare(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_conditional);
UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: - Implement type checking for Sema::CheckConditionalOperands. - Fixed crasher in Sema::UsualUnaryConversion (incorrect use of cast<>). - Added a few diagnostics and started passing 2 args! (Thanks Chris!). Here's some diagnostic output that is much nicer than gcc... [dylan:~/llvm/tools/clang] admin% ../../Debug/bin/clang cond.c cond.c:12:14: error: used type 'struct foo' where arithmetic or pointer type is required result = s ? 1 : 2; ^ cond.c:13:14: error: incompatible operand types ('struct foo' and 'struct bar') result = a ? s : s2; ^ cond.c:14:14: warning: pointer type mismatch ('struct foo *' and 'struct bar *') result = a ? ps : ps2; ^ cond.c:14:10: warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast result = a ? ps : ps2; ^ cond.c:15:14: error: incompatible operand types ('struct foo *' and 'struct foo') result = a ? ps : s; ^ cond.c:16:14: warning: pointer type mismatch ('void (*)(int)' and 'void (*)(int, int)') result = a ? func : func2; ^ cond.c:16:10: warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast result = a ? func : func2; ^ 7 diagnostics generated. [dylan:~/llvm/tools/clang] admin% cc -c cond.c cond.c: In function 'main': cond.c:12: error: used struct type value where scalar is required cond.c:13: error: type mismatch in conditional expression cond.c:14: warning: pointer type mismatch in conditional expression cond.c:14: warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast cond.c:15: error: type mismatch in conditional expression cond.c:16: warning: pointer type mismatch in conditional expression cond.c:16: warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast llvm-svn: 39451
2007-05-17 03:47:19 +08:00
// first, check the condition.
if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
<< CondTy;
return QualType();
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: - Implement type checking for Sema::CheckConditionalOperands. - Fixed crasher in Sema::UsualUnaryConversion (incorrect use of cast<>). - Added a few diagnostics and started passing 2 args! (Thanks Chris!). Here's some diagnostic output that is much nicer than gcc... [dylan:~/llvm/tools/clang] admin% ../../Debug/bin/clang cond.c cond.c:12:14: error: used type 'struct foo' where arithmetic or pointer type is required result = s ? 1 : 2; ^ cond.c:13:14: error: incompatible operand types ('struct foo' and 'struct bar') result = a ? s : s2; ^ cond.c:14:14: warning: pointer type mismatch ('struct foo *' and 'struct bar *') result = a ? ps : ps2; ^ cond.c:14:10: warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast result = a ? ps : ps2; ^ cond.c:15:14: error: incompatible operand types ('struct foo *' and 'struct foo') result = a ? ps : s; ^ cond.c:16:14: warning: pointer type mismatch ('void (*)(int)' and 'void (*)(int, int)') result = a ? func : func2; ^ cond.c:16:10: warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast result = a ? func : func2; ^ 7 diagnostics generated. [dylan:~/llvm/tools/clang] admin% cc -c cond.c cond.c: In function 'main': cond.c:12: error: used struct type value where scalar is required cond.c:13: error: type mismatch in conditional expression cond.c:14: warning: pointer type mismatch in conditional expression cond.c:14: warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast cond.c:15: error: type mismatch in conditional expression cond.c:16: warning: pointer type mismatch in conditional expression cond.c:16: warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast llvm-svn: 39451
2007-05-17 03:47:19 +08:00
}
// Now check the two expressions.
if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
// If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
// to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
return LHS->getType();
}
// If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
// type.
if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
// "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
// that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
// FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: - Implement type checking for Sema::CheckConditionalOperands. - Fixed crasher in Sema::UsualUnaryConversion (incorrect use of cast<>). - Added a few diagnostics and started passing 2 args! (Thanks Chris!). Here's some diagnostic output that is much nicer than gcc... [dylan:~/llvm/tools/clang] admin% ../../Debug/bin/clang cond.c cond.c:12:14: error: used type 'struct foo' where arithmetic or pointer type is required result = s ? 1 : 2; ^ cond.c:13:14: error: incompatible operand types ('struct foo' and 'struct bar') result = a ? s : s2; ^ cond.c:14:14: warning: pointer type mismatch ('struct foo *' and 'struct bar *') result = a ? ps : ps2; ^ cond.c:14:10: warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast result = a ? ps : ps2; ^ cond.c:15:14: error: incompatible operand types ('struct foo *' and 'struct foo') result = a ? ps : s; ^ cond.c:16:14: warning: pointer type mismatch ('void (*)(int)' and 'void (*)(int, int)') result = a ? func : func2; ^ cond.c:16:10: warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast result = a ? func : func2; ^ 7 diagnostics generated. [dylan:~/llvm/tools/clang] admin% cc -c cond.c cond.c: In function 'main': cond.c:12: error: used struct type value where scalar is required cond.c:13: error: type mismatch in conditional expression cond.c:14: warning: pointer type mismatch in conditional expression cond.c:14: warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast cond.c:15: error: type mismatch in conditional expression cond.c:16: warning: pointer type mismatch in conditional expression cond.c:16: warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast llvm-svn: 39451
2007-05-17 03:47:19 +08:00
}
// C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
// The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
<< RHS->getSourceRange();
if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
<< LHS->getSourceRange();
ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
return Context.VoidTy;
}
// C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
// the type of the other operand."
if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
// promote the null to a pointer.
ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
return LHSTy;
}
if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
return RHSTy;
}
// All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here.
QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS,
QuestionLoc);
if (!compositeType.isNull())
return compositeType;
// Handle block pointer types.
if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
return destType;
}
Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
<< LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
// We have 2 block pointer types.
if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
// Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
return LHSTy;
}
// The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
<< LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
// In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
// reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
// to get a consistent AST.
QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
return incompatTy;
}
// The block pointer types are compatible.
ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
return LHSTy;
}
// Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
// get the "pointed to" types
QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
// ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
// Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
QualType destPointee
= Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
// Add qualifiers if necessary.
ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
// Promote to void*.
ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
return destType;
}
if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
QualType destPointee
= Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
// Add qualifiers if necessary.
ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
// Promote to void*.
ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
return destType;
}
if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
// Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
return LHSTy;
}
if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
<< LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
// In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
// reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
// to get a consistent AST.
QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
return incompatTy;
}
// The pointer types are compatible.
// C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
// differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
// a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
// type.
// FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
// FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
return LHSTy;
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: - Implement type checking for Sema::CheckConditionalOperands. - Fixed crasher in Sema::UsualUnaryConversion (incorrect use of cast<>). - Added a few diagnostics and started passing 2 args! (Thanks Chris!). Here's some diagnostic output that is much nicer than gcc... [dylan:~/llvm/tools/clang] admin% ../../Debug/bin/clang cond.c cond.c:12:14: error: used type 'struct foo' where arithmetic or pointer type is required result = s ? 1 : 2; ^ cond.c:13:14: error: incompatible operand types ('struct foo' and 'struct bar') result = a ? s : s2; ^ cond.c:14:14: warning: pointer type mismatch ('struct foo *' and 'struct bar *') result = a ? ps : ps2; ^ cond.c:14:10: warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast result = a ? ps : ps2; ^ cond.c:15:14: error: incompatible operand types ('struct foo *' and 'struct foo') result = a ? ps : s; ^ cond.c:16:14: warning: pointer type mismatch ('void (*)(int)' and 'void (*)(int, int)') result = a ? func : func2; ^ cond.c:16:10: warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast result = a ? func : func2; ^ 7 diagnostics generated. [dylan:~/llvm/tools/clang] admin% cc -c cond.c cond.c: In function 'main': cond.c:12: error: used struct type value where scalar is required cond.c:13: error: type mismatch in conditional expression cond.c:14: warning: pointer type mismatch in conditional expression cond.c:14: warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast cond.c:15: error: type mismatch in conditional expression cond.c:16: warning: pointer type mismatch in conditional expression cond.c:16: warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast llvm-svn: 39451
2007-05-17 03:47:19 +08:00
}
// GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
<< LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
return RHSTy;
}
if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
<< LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
return LHSTy;
}
// Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
<< LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: - Implement type checking for Sema::CheckConditionalOperands. - Fixed crasher in Sema::UsualUnaryConversion (incorrect use of cast<>). - Added a few diagnostics and started passing 2 args! (Thanks Chris!). Here's some diagnostic output that is much nicer than gcc... [dylan:~/llvm/tools/clang] admin% ../../Debug/bin/clang cond.c cond.c:12:14: error: used type 'struct foo' where arithmetic or pointer type is required result = s ? 1 : 2; ^ cond.c:13:14: error: incompatible operand types ('struct foo' and 'struct bar') result = a ? s : s2; ^ cond.c:14:14: warning: pointer type mismatch ('struct foo *' and 'struct bar *') result = a ? ps : ps2; ^ cond.c:14:10: warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast result = a ? ps : ps2; ^ cond.c:15:14: error: incompatible operand types ('struct foo *' and 'struct foo') result = a ? ps : s; ^ cond.c:16:14: warning: pointer type mismatch ('void (*)(int)' and 'void (*)(int, int)') result = a ? func : func2; ^ cond.c:16:10: warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast result = a ? func : func2; ^ 7 diagnostics generated. [dylan:~/llvm/tools/clang] admin% cc -c cond.c cond.c: In function 'main': cond.c:12: error: used struct type value where scalar is required cond.c:13: error: type mismatch in conditional expression cond.c:14: warning: pointer type mismatch in conditional expression cond.c:14: warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast cond.c:15: error: type mismatch in conditional expression cond.c:16: warning: pointer type mismatch in conditional expression cond.c:16: warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast llvm-svn: 39451
2007-05-17 03:47:19 +08:00
return QualType();
}
/// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of
/// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions.
QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
// Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
// to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
// redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
(RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
return LHSTy;
}
if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
(LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
return RHSTy;
}
// And the same for struct objc_object* / id
if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
(RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
return LHSTy;
}
if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
(LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
return RHSTy;
}
// And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL
if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) &&
(RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
return LHSTy;
}
if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) &&
(LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
return RHSTy;
}
// Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
// Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
return LHSTy;
}
const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
// If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
// assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
// type. This allows
// xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
// where B is a subclass of A.
//
// Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
// allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
// incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
// type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
// FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
// It could return the composite type.
if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
} else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
} else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
// Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
// GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
// id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
// part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
} else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
} else if (!(compositeType =
Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
;
else {
Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
<< LHSTy << RHSTy
<< LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
return incompatTy;
}
// The object pointer types are compatible.
ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
return compositeType;
}
// Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
QualType destPointee
= Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
// Add qualifiers if necessary.
ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
// Promote to void*.
ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
return destType;
}
if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
QualType destPointee
= Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
// Add qualifiers if necessary.
ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
// Promote to void*.
ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
return destType;
}
return QualType();
}
/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
SourceLocation ColonLoc,
ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
ExprArg RHS) {
Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
// If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
// was the condition.
bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
if (isLHSNull)
LHSExpr = CondExpr;
QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
if (result.isNull())
return ExprError();
Cond.release();
LHS.release();
RHS.release();
return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
}
// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Sema::AssignConvertType
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: The following code illustrates a bug in the semantic analysis for assignments: int func() { int *P; char *x; P = x; // type of this assignment expression should be "int *", NOT "char *". } While the type checking/diagnostics are correct, the type of the assignment expression is incorrect (which shows up during code gen). With the fix, the llvm code looks correct... [dylan:~/llvm/tools/clang] admin% ../../Debug/bin/clang cast.c -emit-llvm cast.c:4:5: warning: incompatible pointer types assigning 'char *' to 'int *' P = x; // type of assignment expression is "int *", NOT "char *". ~ ^ ~ ; ModuleID = 'foo' define i32 @func() { entry: %P = alloca i32* ; <i32**> [#uses=1] %x = alloca i8* ; <i8**> [#uses=1] %allocapt = bitcast i32 undef to i32 ; <i32> [#uses=0] %tmp = load i8** %x ; <i8*> [#uses=1] %conv = bitcast i8* %tmp to i32* ; <i32*> [#uses=1] store i32* %conv, i32** %P ret i32 undef } Even though the fix was simple, I decided to rename/refactor the surrounding code to make a clearer distinction between constraint checking and conversion. - Renamed AssignmentConversionResult -> AssignmentCheckResult. - Renamed UsualAssignmentConversions -> CheckAssignmentConstraints. - Changed the return type of CheckAssignmentConstraints and CheckPointerTypesForAssignment from QualType -> AssignmentCheckResult. These routines no longer take a reference to the result (obviously). - Changed CheckAssignmentOperands to return the correct type (with spec annotations). llvm-svn: 39601
2007-06-07 02:38:38 +08:00
Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
QualType lhptee, rhptee;
if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
(rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
(rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
(lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
return Compatible;
}
// get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
// make sure we operate on the canonical type
lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
// C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
// 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
// qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
// FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
// C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
// incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
// version of void...
if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
return ConvTy;
// As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
return FunctionVoidPointer;
}
if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
return ConvTy;
// As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
return FunctionVoidPointer;
}
// C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
// unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
// Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
// We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
// "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
if (lhptee->isCharType())
lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
if (rhptee->isCharType())
rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
if (lhptee == rhptee) {
// Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
// takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
// warning can be disabled.
if (ConvTy != Compatible)
return ConvTy;
return IncompatiblePointerSign;
}
// If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
// one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
// the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
// level of indirection, this must be the issue.
if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) {
do {
lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
} while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType());
if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee))
return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
}
// General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
return IncompatiblePointer;
}
return ConvTy;
}
/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
// types.
Sema::AssignConvertType
Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
QualType rhsType) {
QualType lhptee, rhptee;
// get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
// make sure we operate on the canonical type
lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
// For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
if (lhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers())
ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
return ConvTy;
}
/// CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types
/// for assignment compatibility.
Sema::AssignConvertType
Sema::CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
return Compatible;
QualType lhptee =
lhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
QualType rhptee =
rhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
// make sure we operate on the canonical type
lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
return CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
return Compatible;
if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
return IncompatiblePointer;
}
/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
///
/// int a, *pint;
/// short *pshort;
/// struct foo *pfoo;
///
/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
///
/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
/// C99 spec dictates.
///
Sema::AssignConvertType
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: The following code illustrates a bug in the semantic analysis for assignments: int func() { int *P; char *x; P = x; // type of this assignment expression should be "int *", NOT "char *". } While the type checking/diagnostics are correct, the type of the assignment expression is incorrect (which shows up during code gen). With the fix, the llvm code looks correct... [dylan:~/llvm/tools/clang] admin% ../../Debug/bin/clang cast.c -emit-llvm cast.c:4:5: warning: incompatible pointer types assigning 'char *' to 'int *' P = x; // type of assignment expression is "int *", NOT "char *". ~ ^ ~ ; ModuleID = 'foo' define i32 @func() { entry: %P = alloca i32* ; <i32**> [#uses=1] %x = alloca i8* ; <i8**> [#uses=1] %allocapt = bitcast i32 undef to i32 ; <i32> [#uses=0] %tmp = load i8** %x ; <i8*> [#uses=1] %conv = bitcast i8* %tmp to i32* ; <i32*> [#uses=1] store i32* %conv, i32** %P ret i32 undef } Even though the fix was simple, I decided to rename/refactor the surrounding code to make a clearer distinction between constraint checking and conversion. - Renamed AssignmentConversionResult -> AssignmentCheckResult. - Renamed UsualAssignmentConversions -> CheckAssignmentConstraints. - Changed the return type of CheckAssignmentConstraints and CheckPointerTypesForAssignment from QualType -> AssignmentCheckResult. These routines no longer take a reference to the result (obviously). - Changed CheckAssignmentOperands to return the correct type (with spec annotations). llvm-svn: 39601
2007-06-07 02:38:38 +08:00
Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
// Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
// them.
lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
if (lhsType == rhsType)
2008-01-08 01:51:46 +08:00
return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
(rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
(rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
(lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
return Compatible;
}
// If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
// (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
// e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
// just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
// right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
// lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
// type.
if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
return Compatible;
return Incompatible;
}
// Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
// to the same ExtVector type.
if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
return Compatible;
}
if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
// If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
// vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
// no bits are changed but the result type is different.
if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
return IncompatibleVectors;
}
return Incompatible;
}
if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: The following code illustrates a bug in the semantic analysis for assignments: int func() { int *P; char *x; P = x; // type of this assignment expression should be "int *", NOT "char *". } While the type checking/diagnostics are correct, the type of the assignment expression is incorrect (which shows up during code gen). With the fix, the llvm code looks correct... [dylan:~/llvm/tools/clang] admin% ../../Debug/bin/clang cast.c -emit-llvm cast.c:4:5: warning: incompatible pointer types assigning 'char *' to 'int *' P = x; // type of assignment expression is "int *", NOT "char *". ~ ^ ~ ; ModuleID = 'foo' define i32 @func() { entry: %P = alloca i32* ; <i32**> [#uses=1] %x = alloca i8* ; <i8**> [#uses=1] %allocapt = bitcast i32 undef to i32 ; <i32> [#uses=0] %tmp = load i8** %x ; <i8*> [#uses=1] %conv = bitcast i8* %tmp to i32* ; <i32*> [#uses=1] store i32* %conv, i32** %P ret i32 undef } Even though the fix was simple, I decided to rename/refactor the surrounding code to make a clearer distinction between constraint checking and conversion. - Renamed AssignmentConversionResult -> AssignmentCheckResult. - Renamed UsualAssignmentConversions -> CheckAssignmentConstraints. - Changed the return type of CheckAssignmentConstraints and CheckPointerTypesForAssignment from QualType -> AssignmentCheckResult. These routines no longer take a reference to the result (obviously). - Changed CheckAssignmentOperands to return the correct type (with spec annotations). llvm-svn: 39601
2007-06-07 02:38:38 +08:00
return Compatible;
if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: The following code illustrates a bug in the semantic analysis for assignments: int func() { int *P; char *x; P = x; // type of this assignment expression should be "int *", NOT "char *". } While the type checking/diagnostics are correct, the type of the assignment expression is incorrect (which shows up during code gen). With the fix, the llvm code looks correct... [dylan:~/llvm/tools/clang] admin% ../../Debug/bin/clang cast.c -emit-llvm cast.c:4:5: warning: incompatible pointer types assigning 'char *' to 'int *' P = x; // type of assignment expression is "int *", NOT "char *". ~ ^ ~ ; ModuleID = 'foo' define i32 @func() { entry: %P = alloca i32* ; <i32**> [#uses=1] %x = alloca i8* ; <i8**> [#uses=1] %allocapt = bitcast i32 undef to i32 ; <i32> [#uses=0] %tmp = load i8** %x ; <i8*> [#uses=1] %conv = bitcast i8* %tmp to i32* ; <i32*> [#uses=1] store i32* %conv, i32** %P ret i32 undef } Even though the fix was simple, I decided to rename/refactor the surrounding code to make a clearer distinction between constraint checking and conversion. - Renamed AssignmentConversionResult -> AssignmentCheckResult. - Renamed UsualAssignmentConversions -> CheckAssignmentConstraints. - Changed the return type of CheckAssignmentConstraints and CheckPointerTypesForAssignment from QualType -> AssignmentCheckResult. These routines no longer take a reference to the result (obviously). - Changed CheckAssignmentOperands to return the correct type (with spec annotations). llvm-svn: 39601
2007-06-07 02:38:38 +08:00
if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
return IntToPointer;
if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: The following code illustrates a bug in the semantic analysis for assignments: int func() { int *P; char *x; P = x; // type of this assignment expression should be "int *", NOT "char *". } While the type checking/diagnostics are correct, the type of the assignment expression is incorrect (which shows up during code gen). With the fix, the llvm code looks correct... [dylan:~/llvm/tools/clang] admin% ../../Debug/bin/clang cast.c -emit-llvm cast.c:4:5: warning: incompatible pointer types assigning 'char *' to 'int *' P = x; // type of assignment expression is "int *", NOT "char *". ~ ^ ~ ; ModuleID = 'foo' define i32 @func() { entry: %P = alloca i32* ; <i32**> [#uses=1] %x = alloca i8* ; <i8**> [#uses=1] %allocapt = bitcast i32 undef to i32 ; <i32> [#uses=0] %tmp = load i8** %x ; <i8*> [#uses=1] %conv = bitcast i8* %tmp to i32* ; <i32*> [#uses=1] store i32* %conv, i32** %P ret i32 undef } Even though the fix was simple, I decided to rename/refactor the surrounding code to make a clearer distinction between constraint checking and conversion. - Renamed AssignmentConversionResult -> AssignmentCheckResult. - Renamed UsualAssignmentConversions -> CheckAssignmentConstraints. - Changed the return type of CheckAssignmentConstraints and CheckPointerTypesForAssignment from QualType -> AssignmentCheckResult. These routines no longer take a reference to the result (obviously). - Changed CheckAssignmentOperands to return the correct type (with spec annotations). llvm-svn: 39601
2007-06-07 02:38:38 +08:00
return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
// In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
return Compatible;
return IncompatiblePointer;
}
if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
return Compatible;
// Treat block pointers as objects.
if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
return Compatible;
}
return Incompatible;
}
if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
return IntToBlockPointer;
// Treat block pointers as objects.
if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
return Compatible;
if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
return Compatible;
}
return Incompatible;
}
if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
return IntToPointer;
// In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
return Compatible;
return IncompatiblePointer;
}
if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
return CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
}
if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
return Compatible;
}
// Treat block pointers as objects.
if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
return Compatible;
return Incompatible;
}
if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: The following code illustrates a bug in the semantic analysis for assignments: int func() { int *P; char *x; P = x; // type of this assignment expression should be "int *", NOT "char *". } While the type checking/diagnostics are correct, the type of the assignment expression is incorrect (which shows up during code gen). With the fix, the llvm code looks correct... [dylan:~/llvm/tools/clang] admin% ../../Debug/bin/clang cast.c -emit-llvm cast.c:4:5: warning: incompatible pointer types assigning 'char *' to 'int *' P = x; // type of assignment expression is "int *", NOT "char *". ~ ^ ~ ; ModuleID = 'foo' define i32 @func() { entry: %P = alloca i32* ; <i32**> [#uses=1] %x = alloca i8* ; <i8**> [#uses=1] %allocapt = bitcast i32 undef to i32 ; <i32> [#uses=0] %tmp = load i8** %x ; <i8*> [#uses=1] %conv = bitcast i8* %tmp to i32* ; <i32*> [#uses=1] store i32* %conv, i32** %P ret i32 undef } Even though the fix was simple, I decided to rename/refactor the surrounding code to make a clearer distinction between constraint checking and conversion. - Renamed AssignmentConversionResult -> AssignmentCheckResult. - Renamed UsualAssignmentConversions -> CheckAssignmentConstraints. - Changed the return type of CheckAssignmentConstraints and CheckPointerTypesForAssignment from QualType -> AssignmentCheckResult. These routines no longer take a reference to the result (obviously). - Changed CheckAssignmentOperands to return the correct type (with spec annotations). llvm-svn: 39601
2007-06-07 02:38:38 +08:00
// C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
return Compatible;
if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
return PointerToInt;
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: The following code illustrates a bug in the semantic analysis for assignments: int func() { int *P; char *x; P = x; // type of this assignment expression should be "int *", NOT "char *". } While the type checking/diagnostics are correct, the type of the assignment expression is incorrect (which shows up during code gen). With the fix, the llvm code looks correct... [dylan:~/llvm/tools/clang] admin% ../../Debug/bin/clang cast.c -emit-llvm cast.c:4:5: warning: incompatible pointer types assigning 'char *' to 'int *' P = x; // type of assignment expression is "int *", NOT "char *". ~ ^ ~ ; ModuleID = 'foo' define i32 @func() { entry: %P = alloca i32* ; <i32**> [#uses=1] %x = alloca i8* ; <i8**> [#uses=1] %allocapt = bitcast i32 undef to i32 ; <i32> [#uses=0] %tmp = load i8** %x ; <i8*> [#uses=1] %conv = bitcast i8* %tmp to i32* ; <i32*> [#uses=1] store i32* %conv, i32** %P ret i32 undef } Even though the fix was simple, I decided to rename/refactor the surrounding code to make a clearer distinction between constraint checking and conversion. - Renamed AssignmentConversionResult -> AssignmentCheckResult. - Renamed UsualAssignmentConversions -> CheckAssignmentConstraints. - Changed the return type of CheckAssignmentConstraints and CheckPointerTypesForAssignment from QualType -> AssignmentCheckResult. These routines no longer take a reference to the result (obviously). - Changed CheckAssignmentOperands to return the correct type (with spec annotations). llvm-svn: 39601
2007-06-07 02:38:38 +08:00
if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: The following code illustrates a bug in the semantic analysis for assignments: int func() { int *P; char *x; P = x; // type of this assignment expression should be "int *", NOT "char *". } While the type checking/diagnostics are correct, the type of the assignment expression is incorrect (which shows up during code gen). With the fix, the llvm code looks correct... [dylan:~/llvm/tools/clang] admin% ../../Debug/bin/clang cast.c -emit-llvm cast.c:4:5: warning: incompatible pointer types assigning 'char *' to 'int *' P = x; // type of assignment expression is "int *", NOT "char *". ~ ^ ~ ; ModuleID = 'foo' define i32 @func() { entry: %P = alloca i32* ; <i32**> [#uses=1] %x = alloca i8* ; <i8**> [#uses=1] %allocapt = bitcast i32 undef to i32 ; <i32> [#uses=0] %tmp = load i8** %x ; <i8*> [#uses=1] %conv = bitcast i8* %tmp to i32* ; <i32*> [#uses=1] store i32* %conv, i32** %P ret i32 undef } Even though the fix was simple, I decided to rename/refactor the surrounding code to make a clearer distinction between constraint checking and conversion. - Renamed AssignmentConversionResult -> AssignmentCheckResult. - Renamed UsualAssignmentConversions -> CheckAssignmentConstraints. - Changed the return type of CheckAssignmentConstraints and CheckPointerTypesForAssignment from QualType -> AssignmentCheckResult. These routines no longer take a reference to the result (obviously). - Changed CheckAssignmentOperands to return the correct type (with spec annotations). llvm-svn: 39601
2007-06-07 02:38:38 +08:00
return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
return Compatible;
return Incompatible;
}
if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
// C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
return Compatible;
if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
return PointerToInt;
// In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
return Compatible;
return IncompatiblePointer;
}
if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
return Compatible;
return Incompatible;
}
if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: The following code illustrates a bug in the semantic analysis for assignments: int func() { int *P; char *x; P = x; // type of this assignment expression should be "int *", NOT "char *". } While the type checking/diagnostics are correct, the type of the assignment expression is incorrect (which shows up during code gen). With the fix, the llvm code looks correct... [dylan:~/llvm/tools/clang] admin% ../../Debug/bin/clang cast.c -emit-llvm cast.c:4:5: warning: incompatible pointer types assigning 'char *' to 'int *' P = x; // type of assignment expression is "int *", NOT "char *". ~ ^ ~ ; ModuleID = 'foo' define i32 @func() { entry: %P = alloca i32* ; <i32**> [#uses=1] %x = alloca i8* ; <i8**> [#uses=1] %allocapt = bitcast i32 undef to i32 ; <i32> [#uses=0] %tmp = load i8** %x ; <i8*> [#uses=1] %conv = bitcast i8* %tmp to i32* ; <i32*> [#uses=1] store i32* %conv, i32** %P ret i32 undef } Even though the fix was simple, I decided to rename/refactor the surrounding code to make a clearer distinction between constraint checking and conversion. - Renamed AssignmentConversionResult -> AssignmentCheckResult. - Renamed UsualAssignmentConversions -> CheckAssignmentConstraints. - Changed the return type of CheckAssignmentConstraints and CheckPointerTypesForAssignment from QualType -> AssignmentCheckResult. These routines no longer take a reference to the result (obviously). - Changed CheckAssignmentOperands to return the correct type (with spec annotations). llvm-svn: 39601
2007-06-07 02:38:38 +08:00
return Compatible;
}
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: The following code illustrates a bug in the semantic analysis for assignments: int func() { int *P; char *x; P = x; // type of this assignment expression should be "int *", NOT "char *". } While the type checking/diagnostics are correct, the type of the assignment expression is incorrect (which shows up during code gen). With the fix, the llvm code looks correct... [dylan:~/llvm/tools/clang] admin% ../../Debug/bin/clang cast.c -emit-llvm cast.c:4:5: warning: incompatible pointer types assigning 'char *' to 'int *' P = x; // type of assignment expression is "int *", NOT "char *". ~ ^ ~ ; ModuleID = 'foo' define i32 @func() { entry: %P = alloca i32* ; <i32**> [#uses=1] %x = alloca i8* ; <i8**> [#uses=1] %allocapt = bitcast i32 undef to i32 ; <i32> [#uses=0] %tmp = load i8** %x ; <i8*> [#uses=1] %conv = bitcast i8* %tmp to i32* ; <i32*> [#uses=1] store i32* %conv, i32** %P ret i32 undef } Even though the fix was simple, I decided to rename/refactor the surrounding code to make a clearer distinction between constraint checking and conversion. - Renamed AssignmentConversionResult -> AssignmentCheckResult. - Renamed UsualAssignmentConversions -> CheckAssignmentConstraints. - Changed the return type of CheckAssignmentConstraints and CheckPointerTypesForAssignment from QualType -> AssignmentCheckResult. These routines no longer take a reference to the result (obviously). - Changed CheckAssignmentOperands to return the correct type (with spec annotations). llvm-svn: 39601
2007-06-07 02:38:38 +08:00
return Incompatible;
}
/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
/// used to initialize the transparent union.
static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
// Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
// of the transparent union.
InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
&E, 1,
SourceLocation());
Initializer->setType(UnionType);
Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
// Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
// union type from this initializer list.
E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
false);
}
Sema::AssignConvertType
Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
// If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
// transparent_union GCC extension.
const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
return Incompatible;
// The field to initialize within the transparent union.
RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
// It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
itend = UD->field_end();
it != itend; ++it) {
if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
// If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
// 1) void pointer
// 2) null pointer constant
if (FromType->isPointerType())
if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
InitField = *it;
break;
}
if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
InitField = *it;
break;
}
}
if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
== Compatible) {
InitField = *it;
break;
}
}
if (!InitField)
return Incompatible;
ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
return Compatible;
}
Sema::AssignConvertType
Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
// C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
// expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
// cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
AA_Assigning))
return Incompatible;
return Compatible;
}
// FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
// structures.
}
// C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
// a null pointer constant.
if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
&& rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
return Compatible;
}
// This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
// conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
// DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
// expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
//
// Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
This modest change insures ImplicitCastExpr's get generated for all "assignments", while includes init decls, assignment exprs, call exprs, and return statements. Here are a few examples with the correct AST's... [dylan:~/llvm/tools/clang] admin% cat impcomp.c _Complex double X; void test2(int c) { X = 5; } void foo() { int i; double d = i; double _Complex a = 5; test2(a); a = 5; d = i; } [dylan:~/llvm/tools/clang] admin% ../../Debug/bin/clang impcomp.c -parse-ast-dump Read top-level variable decl: 'X' void test2(int c) (CompoundStmt 0x2605ce0 (BinaryOperator 0x2605cc0 '_Complex double' '=' (DeclRefExpr 0x2605c70 '_Complex double' Decl='X' 0x2605af0) (ImplicitCastExpr 0x2605cb0 '_Complex double' (IntegerLiteral 0x2605c90 'int' 5)))) void foo() (CompoundStmt 0x2606030 (DeclStmt 0x2605bd0 0x2605d90 "int i") (DeclStmt 0x2605e20 0x2605de0 "double d = (ImplicitCastExpr 0x2605e10 'double' (DeclRefExpr 0x2605dc0 'int' Decl='i' 0x2605d90))") (DeclStmt 0x2605e90 0x2605e50 "_Complex double a = (ImplicitCastExpr 0x2605e80 '_Complex double' (IntegerLiteral 0x2605e30 'int' 5))") (CallExpr 0x2605f20 'void' (ImplicitCastExpr 0x2605f00 'void (*)(int)' (DeclRefExpr 0x2605ea0 'void (int)' Decl='test2' 0x2605c00)) (ImplicitCastExpr 0x2605f10 'int' (DeclRefExpr 0x2605ec0 '_Complex double' Decl='a' 0x2605e50))) (BinaryOperator 0x2605fa0 '_Complex double' '=' (DeclRefExpr 0x2605f50 '_Complex double' Decl='a' 0x2605e50) (ImplicitCastExpr 0x2605f90 '_Complex double' (IntegerLiteral 0x2605f70 'int' 5))) (BinaryOperator 0x2606010 'double' '=' (DeclRefExpr 0x2605fc0 'double' Decl='d' 0x2605de0) (ImplicitCastExpr 0x2606000 'double' (DeclRefExpr 0x2605fe0 'int' Decl='i' 0x2605d90)))) llvm-svn: 41379
2007-08-25 06:33:52 +08:00
Sema::AssignConvertType result =
CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
This modest change insures ImplicitCastExpr's get generated for all "assignments", while includes init decls, assignment exprs, call exprs, and return statements. Here are a few examples with the correct AST's... [dylan:~/llvm/tools/clang] admin% cat impcomp.c _Complex double X; void test2(int c) { X = 5; } void foo() { int i; double d = i; double _Complex a = 5; test2(a); a = 5; d = i; } [dylan:~/llvm/tools/clang] admin% ../../Debug/bin/clang impcomp.c -parse-ast-dump Read top-level variable decl: 'X' void test2(int c) (CompoundStmt 0x2605ce0 (BinaryOperator 0x2605cc0 '_Complex double' '=' (DeclRefExpr 0x2605c70 '_Complex double' Decl='X' 0x2605af0) (ImplicitCastExpr 0x2605cb0 '_Complex double' (IntegerLiteral 0x2605c90 'int' 5)))) void foo() (CompoundStmt 0x2606030 (DeclStmt 0x2605bd0 0x2605d90 "int i") (DeclStmt 0x2605e20 0x2605de0 "double d = (ImplicitCastExpr 0x2605e10 'double' (DeclRefExpr 0x2605dc0 'int' Decl='i' 0x2605d90))") (DeclStmt 0x2605e90 0x2605e50 "_Complex double a = (ImplicitCastExpr 0x2605e80 '_Complex double' (IntegerLiteral 0x2605e30 'int' 5))") (CallExpr 0x2605f20 'void' (ImplicitCastExpr 0x2605f00 'void (*)(int)' (DeclRefExpr 0x2605ea0 'void (int)' Decl='test2' 0x2605c00)) (ImplicitCastExpr 0x2605f10 'int' (DeclRefExpr 0x2605ec0 '_Complex double' Decl='a' 0x2605e50))) (BinaryOperator 0x2605fa0 '_Complex double' '=' (DeclRefExpr 0x2605f50 '_Complex double' Decl='a' 0x2605e50) (ImplicitCastExpr 0x2605f90 '_Complex double' (IntegerLiteral 0x2605f70 'int' 5))) (BinaryOperator 0x2606010 'double' '=' (DeclRefExpr 0x2605fc0 'double' Decl='d' 0x2605de0) (ImplicitCastExpr 0x2606000 'double' (DeclRefExpr 0x2605fe0 'int' Decl='i' 0x2605d90)))) llvm-svn: 41379
2007-08-25 06:33:52 +08:00
// C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
// type of the assignment expression.
// CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
// so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
// The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
// does not have reference type.
if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
This modest change insures ImplicitCastExpr's get generated for all "assignments", while includes init decls, assignment exprs, call exprs, and return statements. Here are a few examples with the correct AST's... [dylan:~/llvm/tools/clang] admin% cat impcomp.c _Complex double X; void test2(int c) { X = 5; } void foo() { int i; double d = i; double _Complex a = 5; test2(a); a = 5; d = i; } [dylan:~/llvm/tools/clang] admin% ../../Debug/bin/clang impcomp.c -parse-ast-dump Read top-level variable decl: 'X' void test2(int c) (CompoundStmt 0x2605ce0 (BinaryOperator 0x2605cc0 '_Complex double' '=' (DeclRefExpr 0x2605c70 '_Complex double' Decl='X' 0x2605af0) (ImplicitCastExpr 0x2605cb0 '_Complex double' (IntegerLiteral 0x2605c90 'int' 5)))) void foo() (CompoundStmt 0x2606030 (DeclStmt 0x2605bd0 0x2605d90 "int i") (DeclStmt 0x2605e20 0x2605de0 "double d = (ImplicitCastExpr 0x2605e10 'double' (DeclRefExpr 0x2605dc0 'int' Decl='i' 0x2605d90))") (DeclStmt 0x2605e90 0x2605e50 "_Complex double a = (ImplicitCastExpr 0x2605e80 '_Complex double' (IntegerLiteral 0x2605e30 'int' 5))") (CallExpr 0x2605f20 'void' (ImplicitCastExpr 0x2605f00 'void (*)(int)' (DeclRefExpr 0x2605ea0 'void (int)' Decl='test2' 0x2605c00)) (ImplicitCastExpr 0x2605f10 'int' (DeclRefExpr 0x2605ec0 '_Complex double' Decl='a' 0x2605e50))) (BinaryOperator 0x2605fa0 '_Complex double' '=' (DeclRefExpr 0x2605f50 '_Complex double' Decl='a' 0x2605e50) (ImplicitCastExpr 0x2605f90 '_Complex double' (IntegerLiteral 0x2605f70 'int' 5))) (BinaryOperator 0x2606010 'double' '=' (DeclRefExpr 0x2605fc0 'double' Decl='d' 0x2605de0) (ImplicitCastExpr 0x2606000 'double' (DeclRefExpr 0x2605fe0 'int' Decl='i' 0x2605d90)))) llvm-svn: 41379
2007-08-25 06:33:52 +08:00
return result;
}
QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
<< lex->getType() << rex->getType()
<< lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Expr *&rex) {
// For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
// For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
QualType lhsType =
Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
QualType rhsType =
Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
// If the vector types are identical, return.
if (lhsType == rhsType)
return lhsType;
// Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
// type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
// FIXME: Should we warn here?
if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
}
}
}
// Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
// swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
bool swapped = false;
if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
swapped = true;
std::swap(rex, lex);
std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
}
// Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
return lhsType;
}
}
if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
return lhsType;
}
}
}
// Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
<< lex->getType() << rex->getType()
<< lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: Implemented type checking for compound assignments (*=, /=, etc.). This encouraged me to do a fairly dramatic refactoring of the Check* functions. (since I wanted to reuse the existing work, rather than duplicate the logic). For example, I changed all the Check* functions to return a QualType (instead of returning an Expr). This had a very nice side benefit...there is now only one instantiation point for BinaryOperator()! (A property I've always wanted...separating type checking from AST building is *much* nicer). Another change is to remove "code" from all the Check* functions (this allowed me to remove the weird comment about enums/unsigned:-). Removing the code forced me to add a few functions, however. For example, < ExprResult CheckAdditiveOperands( // C99 6.5.6 < Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpCode); > inline QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); > inline QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); While this isn't as terse, it more closely reflects the differences in the typechecking logic. For example, I disliked having to check the code again in CheckMultiplicativeOperands/CheckAdditiveOperands. Created the following helper functions: - Expr::isNullPointerConstant(). - SemaExpr.cpp: static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(). This was purely asethetic, since ParseBinOp() is now larger. I didn't feel like looking at 2 huge switch statements. ParseBinOp() now avoids using any of the BinaryOperator predicates (since I switched to a switch statement:-) Only one regret (minor). I couldn't figure out how to avoid having two assign functions, CheckCompoundAssignmentOperands, CheckSimpleAssignmentOperands. Conceptually, the two functions make sense. Unfortunately, their implementation contains a lot of duplication (thought they aren't that be in the first place). llvm-svn: 39433
2007-05-05 05:54:46 +08:00
inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
return compType;
return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
}
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: Implemented type checking for compound assignments (*=, /=, etc.). This encouraged me to do a fairly dramatic refactoring of the Check* functions. (since I wanted to reuse the existing work, rather than duplicate the logic). For example, I changed all the Check* functions to return a QualType (instead of returning an Expr). This had a very nice side benefit...there is now only one instantiation point for BinaryOperator()! (A property I've always wanted...separating type checking from AST building is *much* nicer). Another change is to remove "code" from all the Check* functions (this allowed me to remove the weird comment about enums/unsigned:-). Removing the code forced me to add a few functions, however. For example, < ExprResult CheckAdditiveOperands( // C99 6.5.6 < Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpCode); > inline QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); > inline QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); While this isn't as terse, it more closely reflects the differences in the typechecking logic. For example, I disliked having to check the code again in CheckMultiplicativeOperands/CheckAdditiveOperands. Created the following helper functions: - Expr::isNullPointerConstant(). - SemaExpr.cpp: static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(). This was purely asethetic, since ParseBinOp() is now larger. I didn't feel like looking at 2 huge switch statements. ParseBinOp() now avoids using any of the BinaryOperator predicates (since I switched to a switch statement:-) Only one regret (minor). I couldn't figure out how to avoid having two assign functions, CheckCompoundAssignmentOperands, CheckSimpleAssignmentOperands. Conceptually, the two functions make sense. Unfortunately, their implementation contains a lot of duplication (thought they aren't that be in the first place). llvm-svn: 39433
2007-05-05 05:54:46 +08:00
inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
}
QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
return compType;
return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: Implemented type checking for compound assignments (*=, /=, etc.). This encouraged me to do a fairly dramatic refactoring of the Check* functions. (since I wanted to reuse the existing work, rather than duplicate the logic). For example, I changed all the Check* functions to return a QualType (instead of returning an Expr). This had a very nice side benefit...there is now only one instantiation point for BinaryOperator()! (A property I've always wanted...separating type checking from AST building is *much* nicer). Another change is to remove "code" from all the Check* functions (this allowed me to remove the weird comment about enums/unsigned:-). Removing the code forced me to add a few functions, however. For example, < ExprResult CheckAdditiveOperands( // C99 6.5.6 < Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpCode); > inline QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); > inline QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); While this isn't as terse, it more closely reflects the differences in the typechecking logic. For example, I disliked having to check the code again in CheckMultiplicativeOperands/CheckAdditiveOperands. Created the following helper functions: - Expr::isNullPointerConstant(). - SemaExpr.cpp: static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(). This was purely asethetic, since ParseBinOp() is now larger. I didn't feel like looking at 2 huge switch statements. ParseBinOp() now avoids using any of the BinaryOperator predicates (since I switched to a switch statement:-) Only one regret (minor). I couldn't figure out how to avoid having two assign functions, CheckCompoundAssignmentOperands, CheckSimpleAssignmentOperands. Conceptually, the two functions make sense. Unfortunately, their implementation contains a lot of duplication (thought they aren't that be in the first place). llvm-svn: 39433
2007-05-05 05:54:46 +08:00
}
inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
return compType;
}
QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
// handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
return compType;
}
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: Implemented type checking for compound assignments (*=, /=, etc.). This encouraged me to do a fairly dramatic refactoring of the Check* functions. (since I wanted to reuse the existing work, rather than duplicate the logic). For example, I changed all the Check* functions to return a QualType (instead of returning an Expr). This had a very nice side benefit...there is now only one instantiation point for BinaryOperator()! (A property I've always wanted...separating type checking from AST building is *much* nicer). Another change is to remove "code" from all the Check* functions (this allowed me to remove the weird comment about enums/unsigned:-). Removing the code forced me to add a few functions, however. For example, < ExprResult CheckAdditiveOperands( // C99 6.5.6 < Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpCode); > inline QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); > inline QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); While this isn't as terse, it more closely reflects the differences in the typechecking logic. For example, I disliked having to check the code again in CheckMultiplicativeOperands/CheckAdditiveOperands. Created the following helper functions: - Expr::isNullPointerConstant(). - SemaExpr.cpp: static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(). This was purely asethetic, since ParseBinOp() is now larger. I didn't feel like looking at 2 huge switch statements. ParseBinOp() now avoids using any of the BinaryOperator predicates (since I switched to a switch statement:-) Only one regret (minor). I couldn't figure out how to avoid having two assign functions, CheckCompoundAssignmentOperands, CheckSimpleAssignmentOperands. Conceptually, the two functions make sense. Unfortunately, their implementation contains a lot of duplication (thought they aren't that be in the first place). llvm-svn: 39433
2007-05-05 05:54:46 +08:00
// Put any potential pointer into PExp
Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
std::swap(PExp, IExp);
if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
// Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
<< lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
// GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
<< lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
} else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
<< lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
// GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
<< lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
} else {
// Check if we require a complete type.
if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
!PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
<< PExp->getSourceRange()
<< PExp->getType()))
return QualType();
}
// Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
<< PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
if (CompLHSTy) {
QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
LHSTy = lex->getType();
if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
}
*CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
}
return PExp->getType();
}
}
return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
}
// C99 6.5.6
QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
return compType;
}
QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
// Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
// Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
&& rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
return compType;
}
// Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
// The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
<< lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
// GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
ComplainAboutVoid = true;
} else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
<< lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
// GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
} else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
<< lex->getSourceRange()
<< lex->getType()))
return QualType();
// Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
<< lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
// The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
if (ComplainAboutVoid)
Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
<< lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
if (ComplainAboutFunc)
Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
<< ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
<< ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
return lex->getType();
}
// Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
// RHS must be a completely-type object type.
// Handle the GNU void* extension.
if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
<< lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
ComplainAboutVoid = true;
} else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
<< rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
// GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
} else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
<< rex->getSourceRange()
<< rex->getType()))
return QualType();
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
// Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
<< lex->getType() << rex->getType()
<< lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
} else {
// Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
<< lex->getType() << rex->getType()
<< lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
}
if (ComplainAboutVoid)
Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
<< lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
if (ComplainAboutFunc)
Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
<< ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
<< ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
return Context.getPointerDiffType();
}
}
return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: Implemented type checking for compound assignments (*=, /=, etc.). This encouraged me to do a fairly dramatic refactoring of the Check* functions. (since I wanted to reuse the existing work, rather than duplicate the logic). For example, I changed all the Check* functions to return a QualType (instead of returning an Expr). This had a very nice side benefit...there is now only one instantiation point for BinaryOperator()! (A property I've always wanted...separating type checking from AST building is *much* nicer). Another change is to remove "code" from all the Check* functions (this allowed me to remove the weird comment about enums/unsigned:-). Removing the code forced me to add a few functions, however. For example, < ExprResult CheckAdditiveOperands( // C99 6.5.6 < Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpCode); > inline QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); > inline QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); While this isn't as terse, it more closely reflects the differences in the typechecking logic. For example, I disliked having to check the code again in CheckMultiplicativeOperands/CheckAdditiveOperands. Created the following helper functions: - Expr::isNullPointerConstant(). - SemaExpr.cpp: static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(). This was purely asethetic, since ParseBinOp() is now larger. I didn't feel like looking at 2 huge switch statements. ParseBinOp() now avoids using any of the BinaryOperator predicates (since I switched to a switch statement:-) Only one regret (minor). I couldn't figure out how to avoid having two assign functions, CheckCompoundAssignmentOperands, CheckSimpleAssignmentOperands. Conceptually, the two functions make sense. Unfortunately, their implementation contains a lot of duplication (thought they aren't that be in the first place). llvm-svn: 39433
2007-05-05 05:54:46 +08:00
}
// C99 6.5.7
QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
bool isCompAssign) {
// C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
// Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
// Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
// promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
LHSTy = lex->getType();
if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
}
if (!isCompAssign)
ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
// Sanity-check shift operands
llvm::APSInt Right;
// Check right/shifter operand
if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
if (Right.isNegative())
Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
else {
llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
}
}
// "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
return LHSTy;
}
/// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare.
///
/// \param lex the left-hand expression
/// \param rex the right-hand expression
/// \param OpLoc the location of the joining operator
/// \param Equality whether this is an "equality-like" join, which
/// suppresses the warning in some cases
void Sema::CheckSignCompare(Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc,
const PartialDiagnostic &PD, bool Equality) {
// Don't warn if we're in an unevaluated context.
if (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Unevaluated)
return;
QualType lt = lex->getType(), rt = rex->getType();
// Only warn if both operands are integral.
if (!lt->isIntegerType() || !rt->isIntegerType())
return;
// If either expression is value-dependent, don't warn. We'll get another
// chance at instantiation time.
if (lex->isValueDependent() || rex->isValueDependent())
return;
// The rule is that the signed operand becomes unsigned, so isolate the
// signed operand.
Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand;
if (lt->isSignedIntegerType()) {
if (rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
signedOperand = lex;
unsignedOperand = rex;
} else {
if (!rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
signedOperand = rex;
unsignedOperand = lex;
}
// If the unsigned type is strictly smaller than the signed type,
// then (1) the result type will be signed and (2) the unsigned
// value will fit fully within the signed type, and thus the result
// of the comparison will be exact.
if (Context.getIntWidth(signedOperand->getType()) >
Context.getIntWidth(unsignedOperand->getType()))
return;
// If the value is a non-negative integer constant, then the
// signed->unsigned conversion won't change it.
llvm::APSInt value;
if (signedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
assert(value.isSigned() && "result of signed expression not signed");
if (value.isNonNegative())
return;
}
if (Equality) {
// For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a
// constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand,
// then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not
// change the result of the comparison.
if (unsignedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
assert(!value.isSigned() && "result of unsigned expression is signed");
// 2's complement: test the top bit.
if (value.isNonNegative())
return;
}
}
Diag(OpLoc, PD)
<< lex->getType() << rex->getType()
<< lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
}
// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
// Handle vector comparisons separately.
if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
CheckSignCompare(lex, rex, Loc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison,
(Opc == BinaryOperator::EQ || Opc == BinaryOperator::NE));
// C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
else {
UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
}
QualType lType = lex->getType();
QualType rType = rex->getType();
if (!lType->isFloatingType()
&& !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
// For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
// x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
// often indicate logic errors in the program.
// NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
// from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
!isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
// Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
// operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Expr *literalString = 0;
Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
!RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
literalString = lex;
literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
2009-08-05 05:02:39 +08:00
} else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
!LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
literalString = rex;
literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
}
if (literalString) {
std::string resultComparison;
switch (Opc) {
case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
}
Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
<< isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
<< literalString->getSourceRange()
<< CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
<< CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
"strcmp(")
<< CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
resultComparison);
}
}
// The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy:Context.IntTy;
if (isRelational) {
if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
return ResultTy;
} else {
// Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
if (lType->isFloatingType() && rType->isFloatingType())
CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
return ResultTy;
}
bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
// All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
// when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
// errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
return ResultTy;
if (!isRelational &&
(LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
// Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
// This is a gcc extension compatibility comparison.
if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
&& !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
<< lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
return ResultTy;
}
}
// C++ [expr.rel]p2:
// [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
// conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
// a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
// them to their composite pointer type. [...]
//
// C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
// comparisons of pointers.
QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
if (T.isNull()) {
Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
<< lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
return ResultTy;
}
// C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
// Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
<< lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
}
} else if (!isRelational &&
(LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
// Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
&& !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
<< lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
}
} else {
// Invalid
Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
<< lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
}
if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
return ResultTy;
}
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
// Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
// comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
if (RHSIsNull &&
(lType->isPointerType() ||
(!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
return ResultTy;
}
if (LHSIsNull &&
(rType->isPointerType() ||
(!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
return ResultTy;
}
// Comparison of member pointers.
if (!isRelational &&
lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
// C++ [expr.eq]p2:
// In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
// member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
// (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
// them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
// the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
// common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
// of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
// that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
// types.
QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
if (T.isNull()) {
Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
<< lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
return ResultTy;
}
// Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
return ResultTy;
}
// Handle block pointer types.
if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
!Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
<< lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
}
ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
return ResultTy;
}
// Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
if (!isRelational
&& ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
|| (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
|| (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
<< lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
}
ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
return ResultTy;
}
if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
!Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
<< lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
}
ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
return ResultTy;
}
if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
<< lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
return ResultTy;
}
}
if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
unsigned DiagID = 0;
if (RHSIsNull) {
if (isRelational)
DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
} else if (isRelational)
DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
else
DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
if (DiagID) {
Diag(Loc, DiagID)
<< lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
}
ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
return ResultTy;
}
if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
unsigned DiagID = 0;
if (LHSIsNull) {
if (isRelational)
DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
} else if (isRelational)
DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
else
DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
if (DiagID) {
Diag(Loc, DiagID)
<< lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
}
ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
return ResultTy;
}
// Handle block pointers.
if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
&& lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
return ResultTy;
}
if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
&& lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
return ResultTy;
}
return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
}
/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
/// types.
QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
SourceLocation Loc,
bool isRelational) {
// Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
// Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
if (vType.isNull())
return vType;
QualType lType = lex->getType();
QualType rType = rex->getType();
// For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
// x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
// often indicate logic errors in the program.
if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
}
// Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
assert (rType->isFloatingType());
CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
}
// Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
// integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
// elements for floating point vectors.
if (lType->isIntegerType())
return lType;
const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
"Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
}
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: Implemented type checking for compound assignments (*=, /=, etc.). This encouraged me to do a fairly dramatic refactoring of the Check* functions. (since I wanted to reuse the existing work, rather than duplicate the logic). For example, I changed all the Check* functions to return a QualType (instead of returning an Expr). This had a very nice side benefit...there is now only one instantiation point for BinaryOperator()! (A property I've always wanted...separating type checking from AST building is *much* nicer). Another change is to remove "code" from all the Check* functions (this allowed me to remove the weird comment about enums/unsigned:-). Removing the code forced me to add a few functions, however. For example, < ExprResult CheckAdditiveOperands( // C99 6.5.6 < Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpCode); > inline QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); > inline QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); While this isn't as terse, it more closely reflects the differences in the typechecking logic. For example, I disliked having to check the code again in CheckMultiplicativeOperands/CheckAdditiveOperands. Created the following helper functions: - Expr::isNullPointerConstant(). - SemaExpr.cpp: static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(). This was purely asethetic, since ParseBinOp() is now larger. I didn't feel like looking at 2 huge switch statements. ParseBinOp() now avoids using any of the BinaryOperator predicates (since I switched to a switch statement:-) Only one regret (minor). I couldn't figure out how to avoid having two assign functions, CheckCompoundAssignmentOperands, CheckSimpleAssignmentOperands. Conceptually, the two functions make sense. Unfortunately, their implementation contains a lot of duplication (thought they aren't that be in the first place). llvm-svn: 39433
2007-05-05 05:54:46 +08:00
inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
return compType;
return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
}
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: Implemented type checking for compound assignments (*=, /=, etc.). This encouraged me to do a fairly dramatic refactoring of the Check* functions. (since I wanted to reuse the existing work, rather than duplicate the logic). For example, I changed all the Check* functions to return a QualType (instead of returning an Expr). This had a very nice side benefit...there is now only one instantiation point for BinaryOperator()! (A property I've always wanted...separating type checking from AST building is *much* nicer). Another change is to remove "code" from all the Check* functions (this allowed me to remove the weird comment about enums/unsigned:-). Removing the code forced me to add a few functions, however. For example, < ExprResult CheckAdditiveOperands( // C99 6.5.6 < Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpCode); > inline QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); > inline QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); While this isn't as terse, it more closely reflects the differences in the typechecking logic. For example, I disliked having to check the code again in CheckMultiplicativeOperands/CheckAdditiveOperands. Created the following helper functions: - Expr::isNullPointerConstant(). - SemaExpr.cpp: static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(). This was purely asethetic, since ParseBinOp() is now larger. I didn't feel like looking at 2 huge switch statements. ParseBinOp() now avoids using any of the BinaryOperator predicates (since I switched to a switch statement:-) Only one regret (minor). I couldn't figure out how to avoid having two assign functions, CheckCompoundAssignmentOperands, CheckSimpleAssignmentOperands. Conceptually, the two functions make sense. Unfortunately, their implementation contains a lot of duplication (thought they aren't that be in the first place). llvm-svn: 39433
2007-05-05 05:54:46 +08:00
inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
if (!Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
return Context.IntTy;
}
// C++ [expr.log.and]p1
// C++ [expr.log.or]p1
// The operands are both implicitly converted to type bool (clause 4).
StandardConversionSequence LHS;
if (!IsStandardConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy,
/*InOverloadResolution=*/false, LHS))
return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
if (PerformImplicitConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy, LHS,
AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
StandardConversionSequence RHS;
if (!IsStandardConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy,
/*InOverloadResolution=*/false, RHS))
return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
if (PerformImplicitConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy, RHS,
AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
// C++ [expr.log.and]p2
// C++ [expr.log.or]p2
// The result is a bool.
return Context.BoolTy;
}
/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
///
static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
return true;
}
}
return false;
}
/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
&Loc);
if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
return false;
unsigned Diag = 0;
bool NeedType = false;
switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
NeedType = true;
break;
case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
NeedType = true;
break;
case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
break;
case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
break;
case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
<< E->getSourceRange());
case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
break;
case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
break;
case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
break;
case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
break;
case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting:
Diag = diag::error_no_subobject_property_setting;
break;
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: Implemented type checking for compound assignments (*=, /=, etc.). This encouraged me to do a fairly dramatic refactoring of the Check* functions. (since I wanted to reuse the existing work, rather than duplicate the logic). For example, I changed all the Check* functions to return a QualType (instead of returning an Expr). This had a very nice side benefit...there is now only one instantiation point for BinaryOperator()! (A property I've always wanted...separating type checking from AST building is *much* nicer). Another change is to remove "code" from all the Check* functions (this allowed me to remove the weird comment about enums/unsigned:-). Removing the code forced me to add a few functions, however. For example, < ExprResult CheckAdditiveOperands( // C99 6.5.6 < Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpCode); > inline QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); > inline QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); While this isn't as terse, it more closely reflects the differences in the typechecking logic. For example, I disliked having to check the code again in CheckMultiplicativeOperands/CheckAdditiveOperands. Created the following helper functions: - Expr::isNullPointerConstant(). - SemaExpr.cpp: static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(). This was purely asethetic, since ParseBinOp() is now larger. I didn't feel like looking at 2 huge switch statements. ParseBinOp() now avoids using any of the BinaryOperator predicates (since I switched to a switch statement:-) Only one regret (minor). I couldn't figure out how to avoid having two assign functions, CheckCompoundAssignmentOperands, CheckSimpleAssignmentOperands. Conceptually, the two functions make sense. Unfortunately, their implementation contains a lot of duplication (thought they aren't that be in the first place). llvm-svn: 39433
2007-05-05 05:54:46 +08:00
}
SourceRange Assign;
if (Loc != OrigLoc)
Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
if (NeedType)
S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
else
S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
return true;
}
// C99 6.5.16.1
QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
SourceLocation Loc,
QualType CompoundType) {
// Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
return QualType();
QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
AssignConvertType ConvTy;
if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
// Simple assignment "x = y".
ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
// Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
(Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
ConvTy = Compatible;
// If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
// right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
// instead of "x += 4".
Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
// Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
// And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
// unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
<< (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
<< SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
}
}
} else {
// Compound assignment "x += y"
ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
}
if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
RHS, AA_Assigning))
return QualType();
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: The following code illustrates a bug in the semantic analysis for assignments: int func() { int *P; char *x; P = x; // type of this assignment expression should be "int *", NOT "char *". } While the type checking/diagnostics are correct, the type of the assignment expression is incorrect (which shows up during code gen). With the fix, the llvm code looks correct... [dylan:~/llvm/tools/clang] admin% ../../Debug/bin/clang cast.c -emit-llvm cast.c:4:5: warning: incompatible pointer types assigning 'char *' to 'int *' P = x; // type of assignment expression is "int *", NOT "char *". ~ ^ ~ ; ModuleID = 'foo' define i32 @func() { entry: %P = alloca i32* ; <i32**> [#uses=1] %x = alloca i8* ; <i8**> [#uses=1] %allocapt = bitcast i32 undef to i32 ; <i32> [#uses=0] %tmp = load i8** %x ; <i8*> [#uses=1] %conv = bitcast i8* %tmp to i32* ; <i32*> [#uses=1] store i32* %conv, i32** %P ret i32 undef } Even though the fix was simple, I decided to rename/refactor the surrounding code to make a clearer distinction between constraint checking and conversion. - Renamed AssignmentConversionResult -> AssignmentCheckResult. - Renamed UsualAssignmentConversions -> CheckAssignmentConstraints. - Changed the return type of CheckAssignmentConstraints and CheckPointerTypesForAssignment from QualType -> AssignmentCheckResult. These routines no longer take a reference to the result (obviously). - Changed CheckAssignmentOperands to return the correct type (with spec annotations). llvm-svn: 39601
2007-06-07 02:38:38 +08:00
// C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
// left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
// it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: The following code illustrates a bug in the semantic analysis for assignments: int func() { int *P; char *x; P = x; // type of this assignment expression should be "int *", NOT "char *". } While the type checking/diagnostics are correct, the type of the assignment expression is incorrect (which shows up during code gen). With the fix, the llvm code looks correct... [dylan:~/llvm/tools/clang] admin% ../../Debug/bin/clang cast.c -emit-llvm cast.c:4:5: warning: incompatible pointer types assigning 'char *' to 'int *' P = x; // type of assignment expression is "int *", NOT "char *". ~ ^ ~ ; ModuleID = 'foo' define i32 @func() { entry: %P = alloca i32* ; <i32**> [#uses=1] %x = alloca i8* ; <i8**> [#uses=1] %allocapt = bitcast i32 undef to i32 ; <i32> [#uses=0] %tmp = load i8** %x ; <i8*> [#uses=1] %conv = bitcast i8* %tmp to i32* ; <i32*> [#uses=1] store i32* %conv, i32** %P ret i32 undef } Even though the fix was simple, I decided to rename/refactor the surrounding code to make a clearer distinction between constraint checking and conversion. - Renamed AssignmentConversionResult -> AssignmentCheckResult. - Renamed UsualAssignmentConversions -> CheckAssignmentConstraints. - Changed the return type of CheckAssignmentConstraints and CheckPointerTypesForAssignment from QualType -> AssignmentCheckResult. These routines no longer take a reference to the result (obviously). - Changed CheckAssignmentOperands to return the correct type (with spec annotations). llvm-svn: 39601
2007-06-07 02:38:38 +08:00
// C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
// is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
// C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
// operand.
return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: Implemented type checking for compound assignments (*=, /=, etc.). This encouraged me to do a fairly dramatic refactoring of the Check* functions. (since I wanted to reuse the existing work, rather than duplicate the logic). For example, I changed all the Check* functions to return a QualType (instead of returning an Expr). This had a very nice side benefit...there is now only one instantiation point for BinaryOperator()! (A property I've always wanted...separating type checking from AST building is *much* nicer). Another change is to remove "code" from all the Check* functions (this allowed me to remove the weird comment about enums/unsigned:-). Removing the code forced me to add a few functions, however. For example, < ExprResult CheckAdditiveOperands( // C99 6.5.6 < Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpCode); > inline QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); > inline QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); While this isn't as terse, it more closely reflects the differences in the typechecking logic. For example, I disliked having to check the code again in CheckMultiplicativeOperands/CheckAdditiveOperands. Created the following helper functions: - Expr::isNullPointerConstant(). - SemaExpr.cpp: static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(). This was purely asethetic, since ParseBinOp() is now larger. I didn't feel like looking at 2 huge switch statements. ParseBinOp() now avoids using any of the BinaryOperator predicates (since I switched to a switch statement:-) Only one regret (minor). I couldn't figure out how to avoid having two assign functions, CheckCompoundAssignmentOperands, CheckSimpleAssignmentOperands. Conceptually, the two functions make sense. Unfortunately, their implementation contains a lot of duplication (thought they aren't that be in the first place). llvm-svn: 39433
2007-05-05 05:54:46 +08:00
}
// C99 6.5.17
QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
// Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
// FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
// incomplete in C++).
return RHS->getType();
}
/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
bool isInc) {
if (Op->isTypeDependent())
return Context.DependentTy;
QualType ResType = Op->getType();
assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
// Decrement of bool is not allowed.
if (!isInc) {
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
// Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
} else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
// OK!
} else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
// C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
<< Op->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
// Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
} else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
<< Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
<< ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
} else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
<< Op->getSourceRange()
<< ResType))
return QualType();
// Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
<< PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
} else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
// C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
<< ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
} else {
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
<< ResType << int(isInc) << Op->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
// At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
// Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
return QualType();
return ResType;
}
/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
/// - &(x) => x
/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
/// - &s.xx => s
/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
/// - & __real__ x -> x
static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
// If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
// the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
// irrelevant.
if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
return 0;
// Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
2009-05-16 15:39:55 +08:00
// FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
// promotion of register arrays earlier.
Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
}
return 0;
}
case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
case UnaryOperator::Real:
case UnaryOperator::Imag:
case UnaryOperator::Extension:
return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
default:
return 0;
}
}
case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
// If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
// the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
default:
return 0;
}
}
/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: - Implement type checking for Sema::CheckConditionalOperands. - Fixed crasher in Sema::UsualUnaryConversion (incorrect use of cast<>). - Added a few diagnostics and started passing 2 args! (Thanks Chris!). Here's some diagnostic output that is much nicer than gcc... [dylan:~/llvm/tools/clang] admin% ../../Debug/bin/clang cond.c cond.c:12:14: error: used type 'struct foo' where arithmetic or pointer type is required result = s ? 1 : 2; ^ cond.c:13:14: error: incompatible operand types ('struct foo' and 'struct bar') result = a ? s : s2; ^ cond.c:14:14: warning: pointer type mismatch ('struct foo *' and 'struct bar *') result = a ? ps : ps2; ^ cond.c:14:10: warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast result = a ? ps : ps2; ^ cond.c:15:14: error: incompatible operand types ('struct foo *' and 'struct foo') result = a ? ps : s; ^ cond.c:16:14: warning: pointer type mismatch ('void (*)(int)' and 'void (*)(int, int)') result = a ? func : func2; ^ cond.c:16:10: warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast result = a ? func : func2; ^ 7 diagnostics generated. [dylan:~/llvm/tools/clang] admin% cc -c cond.c cond.c: In function 'main': cond.c:12: error: used struct type value where scalar is required cond.c:13: error: type mismatch in conditional expression cond.c:14: warning: pointer type mismatch in conditional expression cond.c:14: warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast cond.c:15: error: type mismatch in conditional expression cond.c:16: warning: pointer type mismatch in conditional expression cond.c:16: warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast llvm-svn: 39451
2007-05-17 03:47:19 +08:00
/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
// Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
op = op->IgnoreParens();
if (op->isTypeDependent())
return Context.DependentTy;
if (getLangOptions().C99) {
// Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
// Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
// (assuming the deref expression is valid).
return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
}
// Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
// expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
}
NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
// C99 6.5.3.2p1
// The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
// FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
<< op->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
} else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
// The operand cannot be a bit-field
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
<< "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
} else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
// The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
<< "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
} else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
// cannot take address of a property expression.
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
<< "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
} else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
// FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
} else if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(op)) {
return Context.OverloadTy;
} else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
// We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
// with the register storage-class specifier.
if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
<< "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
} else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
return Context.OverloadTy;
} else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
// Okay: we can take the address of a field.
// Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
// scope qualifier for the class.
if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Diag(OpLoc,
diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
<< FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
return QualType();
}
return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
}
}
} else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
// Okay: we can take the address of a function.
// As above.
if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
MD->isInstance())
return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
} else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
}
if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
// Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
// allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
// Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
}
// If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
}
QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
if (Op->isTypeDependent())
return Context.DependentTy;
UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
QualType Ty = Op->getType();
// Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
// incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
// a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
// unlikely to catch any mistakes.
if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
return PT->getPointeeType();
if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
return OPT->getPointeeType();
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
<< Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: Implemented type checking for compound assignments (*=, /=, etc.). This encouraged me to do a fairly dramatic refactoring of the Check* functions. (since I wanted to reuse the existing work, rather than duplicate the logic). For example, I changed all the Check* functions to return a QualType (instead of returning an Expr). This had a very nice side benefit...there is now only one instantiation point for BinaryOperator()! (A property I've always wanted...separating type checking from AST building is *much* nicer). Another change is to remove "code" from all the Check* functions (this allowed me to remove the weird comment about enums/unsigned:-). Removing the code forced me to add a few functions, however. For example, < ExprResult CheckAdditiveOperands( // C99 6.5.6 < Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpCode); > inline QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); > inline QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); While this isn't as terse, it more closely reflects the differences in the typechecking logic. For example, I disliked having to check the code again in CheckMultiplicativeOperands/CheckAdditiveOperands. Created the following helper functions: - Expr::isNullPointerConstant(). - SemaExpr.cpp: static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(). This was purely asethetic, since ParseBinOp() is now larger. I didn't feel like looking at 2 huge switch statements. ParseBinOp() now avoids using any of the BinaryOperator predicates (since I switched to a switch statement:-) Only one regret (minor). I couldn't figure out how to avoid having two assign functions, CheckCompoundAssignmentOperands, CheckSimpleAssignmentOperands. Conceptually, the two functions make sense. Unfortunately, their implementation contains a lot of duplication (thought they aren't that be in the first place). llvm-svn: 39433
2007-05-05 05:54:46 +08:00
static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
tok::TokenKind Kind) {
BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
switch (Kind) {
default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: Implemented type checking for compound assignments (*=, /=, etc.). This encouraged me to do a fairly dramatic refactoring of the Check* functions. (since I wanted to reuse the existing work, rather than duplicate the logic). For example, I changed all the Check* functions to return a QualType (instead of returning an Expr). This had a very nice side benefit...there is now only one instantiation point for BinaryOperator()! (A property I've always wanted...separating type checking from AST building is *much* nicer). Another change is to remove "code" from all the Check* functions (this allowed me to remove the weird comment about enums/unsigned:-). Removing the code forced me to add a few functions, however. For example, < ExprResult CheckAdditiveOperands( // C99 6.5.6 < Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpCode); > inline QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); > inline QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); While this isn't as terse, it more closely reflects the differences in the typechecking logic. For example, I disliked having to check the code again in CheckMultiplicativeOperands/CheckAdditiveOperands. Created the following helper functions: - Expr::isNullPointerConstant(). - SemaExpr.cpp: static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(). This was purely asethetic, since ParseBinOp() is now larger. I didn't feel like looking at 2 huge switch statements. ParseBinOp() now avoids using any of the BinaryOperator predicates (since I switched to a switch statement:-) Only one regret (minor). I couldn't figure out how to avoid having two assign functions, CheckCompoundAssignmentOperands, CheckSimpleAssignmentOperands. Conceptually, the two functions make sense. Unfortunately, their implementation contains a lot of duplication (thought they aren't that be in the first place). llvm-svn: 39433
2007-05-05 05:54:46 +08:00
case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
}
return Opc;
}
static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
tok::TokenKind Kind) {
UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
switch (Kind) {
default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
2007-06-09 06:16:53 +08:00
case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
}
return Opc;
}
/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
unsigned Op,
Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
// The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: Implemented type checking for compound assignments (*=, /=, etc.). This encouraged me to do a fairly dramatic refactoring of the Check* functions. (since I wanted to reuse the existing work, rather than duplicate the logic). For example, I changed all the Check* functions to return a QualType (instead of returning an Expr). This had a very nice side benefit...there is now only one instantiation point for BinaryOperator()! (A property I've always wanted...separating type checking from AST building is *much* nicer). Another change is to remove "code" from all the Check* functions (this allowed me to remove the weird comment about enums/unsigned:-). Removing the code forced me to add a few functions, however. For example, < ExprResult CheckAdditiveOperands( // C99 6.5.6 < Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpCode); > inline QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); > inline QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); While this isn't as terse, it more closely reflects the differences in the typechecking logic. For example, I disliked having to check the code again in CheckMultiplicativeOperands/CheckAdditiveOperands. Created the following helper functions: - Expr::isNullPointerConstant(). - SemaExpr.cpp: static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(). This was purely asethetic, since ParseBinOp() is now larger. I didn't feel like looking at 2 huge switch statements. ParseBinOp() now avoids using any of the BinaryOperator predicates (since I switched to a switch statement:-) Only one regret (minor). I couldn't figure out how to avoid having two assign functions, CheckCompoundAssignmentOperands, CheckSimpleAssignmentOperands. Conceptually, the two functions make sense. Unfortunately, their implementation contains a lot of duplication (thought they aren't that be in the first place). llvm-svn: 39433
2007-05-05 05:54:46 +08:00
switch (Opc) {
case BinaryOperator::Assign:
ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: Implemented type checking for compound assignments (*=, /=, etc.). This encouraged me to do a fairly dramatic refactoring of the Check* functions. (since I wanted to reuse the existing work, rather than duplicate the logic). For example, I changed all the Check* functions to return a QualType (instead of returning an Expr). This had a very nice side benefit...there is now only one instantiation point for BinaryOperator()! (A property I've always wanted...separating type checking from AST building is *much* nicer). Another change is to remove "code" from all the Check* functions (this allowed me to remove the weird comment about enums/unsigned:-). Removing the code forced me to add a few functions, however. For example, < ExprResult CheckAdditiveOperands( // C99 6.5.6 < Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpCode); > inline QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); > inline QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); While this isn't as terse, it more closely reflects the differences in the typechecking logic. For example, I disliked having to check the code again in CheckMultiplicativeOperands/CheckAdditiveOperands. Created the following helper functions: - Expr::isNullPointerConstant(). - SemaExpr.cpp: static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(). This was purely asethetic, since ParseBinOp() is now larger. I didn't feel like looking at 2 huge switch statements. ParseBinOp() now avoids using any of the BinaryOperator predicates (since I switched to a switch statement:-) Only one regret (minor). I couldn't figure out how to avoid having two assign functions, CheckCompoundAssignmentOperands, CheckSimpleAssignmentOperands. Conceptually, the two functions make sense. Unfortunately, their implementation contains a lot of duplication (thought they aren't that be in the first place). llvm-svn: 39433
2007-05-05 05:54:46 +08:00
break;
case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
break;
case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: Implemented type checking for compound assignments (*=, /=, etc.). This encouraged me to do a fairly dramatic refactoring of the Check* functions. (since I wanted to reuse the existing work, rather than duplicate the logic). For example, I changed all the Check* functions to return a QualType (instead of returning an Expr). This had a very nice side benefit...there is now only one instantiation point for BinaryOperator()! (A property I've always wanted...separating type checking from AST building is *much* nicer). Another change is to remove "code" from all the Check* functions (this allowed me to remove the weird comment about enums/unsigned:-). Removing the code forced me to add a few functions, however. For example, < ExprResult CheckAdditiveOperands( // C99 6.5.6 < Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpCode); > inline QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); > inline QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); While this isn't as terse, it more closely reflects the differences in the typechecking logic. For example, I disliked having to check the code again in CheckMultiplicativeOperands/CheckAdditiveOperands. Created the following helper functions: - Expr::isNullPointerConstant(). - SemaExpr.cpp: static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(). This was purely asethetic, since ParseBinOp() is now larger. I didn't feel like looking at 2 huge switch statements. ParseBinOp() now avoids using any of the BinaryOperator predicates (since I switched to a switch statement:-) Only one regret (minor). I couldn't figure out how to avoid having two assign functions, CheckCompoundAssignmentOperands, CheckSimpleAssignmentOperands. Conceptually, the two functions make sense. Unfortunately, their implementation contains a lot of duplication (thought they aren't that be in the first place). llvm-svn: 39433
2007-05-05 05:54:46 +08:00
case BinaryOperator::Div:
ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: Implemented type checking for compound assignments (*=, /=, etc.). This encouraged me to do a fairly dramatic refactoring of the Check* functions. (since I wanted to reuse the existing work, rather than duplicate the logic). For example, I changed all the Check* functions to return a QualType (instead of returning an Expr). This had a very nice side benefit...there is now only one instantiation point for BinaryOperator()! (A property I've always wanted...separating type checking from AST building is *much* nicer). Another change is to remove "code" from all the Check* functions (this allowed me to remove the weird comment about enums/unsigned:-). Removing the code forced me to add a few functions, however. For example, < ExprResult CheckAdditiveOperands( // C99 6.5.6 < Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpCode); > inline QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); > inline QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); While this isn't as terse, it more closely reflects the differences in the typechecking logic. For example, I disliked having to check the code again in CheckMultiplicativeOperands/CheckAdditiveOperands. Created the following helper functions: - Expr::isNullPointerConstant(). - SemaExpr.cpp: static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(). This was purely asethetic, since ParseBinOp() is now larger. I didn't feel like looking at 2 huge switch statements. ParseBinOp() now avoids using any of the BinaryOperator predicates (since I switched to a switch statement:-) Only one regret (minor). I couldn't figure out how to avoid having two assign functions, CheckCompoundAssignmentOperands, CheckSimpleAssignmentOperands. Conceptually, the two functions make sense. Unfortunately, their implementation contains a lot of duplication (thought they aren't that be in the first place). llvm-svn: 39433
2007-05-05 05:54:46 +08:00
break;
case BinaryOperator::Rem:
ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: Implemented type checking for compound assignments (*=, /=, etc.). This encouraged me to do a fairly dramatic refactoring of the Check* functions. (since I wanted to reuse the existing work, rather than duplicate the logic). For example, I changed all the Check* functions to return a QualType (instead of returning an Expr). This had a very nice side benefit...there is now only one instantiation point for BinaryOperator()! (A property I've always wanted...separating type checking from AST building is *much* nicer). Another change is to remove "code" from all the Check* functions (this allowed me to remove the weird comment about enums/unsigned:-). Removing the code forced me to add a few functions, however. For example, < ExprResult CheckAdditiveOperands( // C99 6.5.6 < Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpCode); > inline QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); > inline QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); While this isn't as terse, it more closely reflects the differences in the typechecking logic. For example, I disliked having to check the code again in CheckMultiplicativeOperands/CheckAdditiveOperands. Created the following helper functions: - Expr::isNullPointerConstant(). - SemaExpr.cpp: static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(). This was purely asethetic, since ParseBinOp() is now larger. I didn't feel like looking at 2 huge switch statements. ParseBinOp() now avoids using any of the BinaryOperator predicates (since I switched to a switch statement:-) Only one regret (minor). I couldn't figure out how to avoid having two assign functions, CheckCompoundAssignmentOperands, CheckSimpleAssignmentOperands. Conceptually, the two functions make sense. Unfortunately, their implementation contains a lot of duplication (thought they aren't that be in the first place). llvm-svn: 39433
2007-05-05 05:54:46 +08:00
break;
case BinaryOperator::Add:
ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: Implemented type checking for compound assignments (*=, /=, etc.). This encouraged me to do a fairly dramatic refactoring of the Check* functions. (since I wanted to reuse the existing work, rather than duplicate the logic). For example, I changed all the Check* functions to return a QualType (instead of returning an Expr). This had a very nice side benefit...there is now only one instantiation point for BinaryOperator()! (A property I've always wanted...separating type checking from AST building is *much* nicer). Another change is to remove "code" from all the Check* functions (this allowed me to remove the weird comment about enums/unsigned:-). Removing the code forced me to add a few functions, however. For example, < ExprResult CheckAdditiveOperands( // C99 6.5.6 < Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpCode); > inline QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); > inline QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); While this isn't as terse, it more closely reflects the differences in the typechecking logic. For example, I disliked having to check the code again in CheckMultiplicativeOperands/CheckAdditiveOperands. Created the following helper functions: - Expr::isNullPointerConstant(). - SemaExpr.cpp: static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(). This was purely asethetic, since ParseBinOp() is now larger. I didn't feel like looking at 2 huge switch statements. ParseBinOp() now avoids using any of the BinaryOperator predicates (since I switched to a switch statement:-) Only one regret (minor). I couldn't figure out how to avoid having two assign functions, CheckCompoundAssignmentOperands, CheckSimpleAssignmentOperands. Conceptually, the two functions make sense. Unfortunately, their implementation contains a lot of duplication (thought they aren't that be in the first place). llvm-svn: 39433
2007-05-05 05:54:46 +08:00
break;
case BinaryOperator::Sub:
ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: Implemented type checking for compound assignments (*=, /=, etc.). This encouraged me to do a fairly dramatic refactoring of the Check* functions. (since I wanted to reuse the existing work, rather than duplicate the logic). For example, I changed all the Check* functions to return a QualType (instead of returning an Expr). This had a very nice side benefit...there is now only one instantiation point for BinaryOperator()! (A property I've always wanted...separating type checking from AST building is *much* nicer). Another change is to remove "code" from all the Check* functions (this allowed me to remove the weird comment about enums/unsigned:-). Removing the code forced me to add a few functions, however. For example, < ExprResult CheckAdditiveOperands( // C99 6.5.6 < Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpCode); > inline QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); > inline QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); While this isn't as terse, it more closely reflects the differences in the typechecking logic. For example, I disliked having to check the code again in CheckMultiplicativeOperands/CheckAdditiveOperands. Created the following helper functions: - Expr::isNullPointerConstant(). - SemaExpr.cpp: static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(). This was purely asethetic, since ParseBinOp() is now larger. I didn't feel like looking at 2 huge switch statements. ParseBinOp() now avoids using any of the BinaryOperator predicates (since I switched to a switch statement:-) Only one regret (minor). I couldn't figure out how to avoid having two assign functions, CheckCompoundAssignmentOperands, CheckSimpleAssignmentOperands. Conceptually, the two functions make sense. Unfortunately, their implementation contains a lot of duplication (thought they aren't that be in the first place). llvm-svn: 39433
2007-05-05 05:54:46 +08:00
break;
case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: Implemented type checking for compound assignments (*=, /=, etc.). This encouraged me to do a fairly dramatic refactoring of the Check* functions. (since I wanted to reuse the existing work, rather than duplicate the logic). For example, I changed all the Check* functions to return a QualType (instead of returning an Expr). This had a very nice side benefit...there is now only one instantiation point for BinaryOperator()! (A property I've always wanted...separating type checking from AST building is *much* nicer). Another change is to remove "code" from all the Check* functions (this allowed me to remove the weird comment about enums/unsigned:-). Removing the code forced me to add a few functions, however. For example, < ExprResult CheckAdditiveOperands( // C99 6.5.6 < Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpCode); > inline QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); > inline QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); While this isn't as terse, it more closely reflects the differences in the typechecking logic. For example, I disliked having to check the code again in CheckMultiplicativeOperands/CheckAdditiveOperands. Created the following helper functions: - Expr::isNullPointerConstant(). - SemaExpr.cpp: static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(). This was purely asethetic, since ParseBinOp() is now larger. I didn't feel like looking at 2 huge switch statements. ParseBinOp() now avoids using any of the BinaryOperator predicates (since I switched to a switch statement:-) Only one regret (minor). I couldn't figure out how to avoid having two assign functions, CheckCompoundAssignmentOperands, CheckSimpleAssignmentOperands. Conceptually, the two functions make sense. Unfortunately, their implementation contains a lot of duplication (thought they aren't that be in the first place). llvm-svn: 39433
2007-05-05 05:54:46 +08:00
case BinaryOperator::Shr:
ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: Implemented type checking for compound assignments (*=, /=, etc.). This encouraged me to do a fairly dramatic refactoring of the Check* functions. (since I wanted to reuse the existing work, rather than duplicate the logic). For example, I changed all the Check* functions to return a QualType (instead of returning an Expr). This had a very nice side benefit...there is now only one instantiation point for BinaryOperator()! (A property I've always wanted...separating type checking from AST building is *much* nicer). Another change is to remove "code" from all the Check* functions (this allowed me to remove the weird comment about enums/unsigned:-). Removing the code forced me to add a few functions, however. For example, < ExprResult CheckAdditiveOperands( // C99 6.5.6 < Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpCode); > inline QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); > inline QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); While this isn't as terse, it more closely reflects the differences in the typechecking logic. For example, I disliked having to check the code again in CheckMultiplicativeOperands/CheckAdditiveOperands. Created the following helper functions: - Expr::isNullPointerConstant(). - SemaExpr.cpp: static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(). This was purely asethetic, since ParseBinOp() is now larger. I didn't feel like looking at 2 huge switch statements. ParseBinOp() now avoids using any of the BinaryOperator predicates (since I switched to a switch statement:-) Only one regret (minor). I couldn't figure out how to avoid having two assign functions, CheckCompoundAssignmentOperands, CheckSimpleAssignmentOperands. Conceptually, the two functions make sense. Unfortunately, their implementation contains a lot of duplication (thought they aren't that be in the first place). llvm-svn: 39433
2007-05-05 05:54:46 +08:00
break;
case BinaryOperator::LE:
case BinaryOperator::LT:
case BinaryOperator::GE:
case BinaryOperator::GT:
ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: Implemented type checking for compound assignments (*=, /=, etc.). This encouraged me to do a fairly dramatic refactoring of the Check* functions. (since I wanted to reuse the existing work, rather than duplicate the logic). For example, I changed all the Check* functions to return a QualType (instead of returning an Expr). This had a very nice side benefit...there is now only one instantiation point for BinaryOperator()! (A property I've always wanted...separating type checking from AST building is *much* nicer). Another change is to remove "code" from all the Check* functions (this allowed me to remove the weird comment about enums/unsigned:-). Removing the code forced me to add a few functions, however. For example, < ExprResult CheckAdditiveOperands( // C99 6.5.6 < Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpCode); > inline QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); > inline QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); While this isn't as terse, it more closely reflects the differences in the typechecking logic. For example, I disliked having to check the code again in CheckMultiplicativeOperands/CheckAdditiveOperands. Created the following helper functions: - Expr::isNullPointerConstant(). - SemaExpr.cpp: static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(). This was purely asethetic, since ParseBinOp() is now larger. I didn't feel like looking at 2 huge switch statements. ParseBinOp() now avoids using any of the BinaryOperator predicates (since I switched to a switch statement:-) Only one regret (minor). I couldn't figure out how to avoid having two assign functions, CheckCompoundAssignmentOperands, CheckSimpleAssignmentOperands. Conceptually, the two functions make sense. Unfortunately, their implementation contains a lot of duplication (thought they aren't that be in the first place). llvm-svn: 39433
2007-05-05 05:54:46 +08:00
break;
case BinaryOperator::EQ:
case BinaryOperator::NE:
ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: Implemented type checking for compound assignments (*=, /=, etc.). This encouraged me to do a fairly dramatic refactoring of the Check* functions. (since I wanted to reuse the existing work, rather than duplicate the logic). For example, I changed all the Check* functions to return a QualType (instead of returning an Expr). This had a very nice side benefit...there is now only one instantiation point for BinaryOperator()! (A property I've always wanted...separating type checking from AST building is *much* nicer). Another change is to remove "code" from all the Check* functions (this allowed me to remove the weird comment about enums/unsigned:-). Removing the code forced me to add a few functions, however. For example, < ExprResult CheckAdditiveOperands( // C99 6.5.6 < Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpCode); > inline QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); > inline QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); While this isn't as terse, it more closely reflects the differences in the typechecking logic. For example, I disliked having to check the code again in CheckMultiplicativeOperands/CheckAdditiveOperands. Created the following helper functions: - Expr::isNullPointerConstant(). - SemaExpr.cpp: static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(). This was purely asethetic, since ParseBinOp() is now larger. I didn't feel like looking at 2 huge switch statements. ParseBinOp() now avoids using any of the BinaryOperator predicates (since I switched to a switch statement:-) Only one regret (minor). I couldn't figure out how to avoid having two assign functions, CheckCompoundAssignmentOperands, CheckSimpleAssignmentOperands. Conceptually, the two functions make sense. Unfortunately, their implementation contains a lot of duplication (thought they aren't that be in the first place). llvm-svn: 39433
2007-05-05 05:54:46 +08:00
break;
case BinaryOperator::And:
case BinaryOperator::Xor:
case BinaryOperator::Or:
ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: Implemented type checking for compound assignments (*=, /=, etc.). This encouraged me to do a fairly dramatic refactoring of the Check* functions. (since I wanted to reuse the existing work, rather than duplicate the logic). For example, I changed all the Check* functions to return a QualType (instead of returning an Expr). This had a very nice side benefit...there is now only one instantiation point for BinaryOperator()! (A property I've always wanted...separating type checking from AST building is *much* nicer). Another change is to remove "code" from all the Check* functions (this allowed me to remove the weird comment about enums/unsigned:-). Removing the code forced me to add a few functions, however. For example, < ExprResult CheckAdditiveOperands( // C99 6.5.6 < Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpCode); > inline QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); > inline QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); While this isn't as terse, it more closely reflects the differences in the typechecking logic. For example, I disliked having to check the code again in CheckMultiplicativeOperands/CheckAdditiveOperands. Created the following helper functions: - Expr::isNullPointerConstant(). - SemaExpr.cpp: static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(). This was purely asethetic, since ParseBinOp() is now larger. I didn't feel like looking at 2 huge switch statements. ParseBinOp() now avoids using any of the BinaryOperator predicates (since I switched to a switch statement:-) Only one regret (minor). I couldn't figure out how to avoid having two assign functions, CheckCompoundAssignmentOperands, CheckSimpleAssignmentOperands. Conceptually, the two functions make sense. Unfortunately, their implementation contains a lot of duplication (thought they aren't that be in the first place). llvm-svn: 39433
2007-05-05 05:54:46 +08:00
break;
case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
case BinaryOperator::LOr:
ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: Implemented type checking for compound assignments (*=, /=, etc.). This encouraged me to do a fairly dramatic refactoring of the Check* functions. (since I wanted to reuse the existing work, rather than duplicate the logic). For example, I changed all the Check* functions to return a QualType (instead of returning an Expr). This had a very nice side benefit...there is now only one instantiation point for BinaryOperator()! (A property I've always wanted...separating type checking from AST building is *much* nicer). Another change is to remove "code" from all the Check* functions (this allowed me to remove the weird comment about enums/unsigned:-). Removing the code forced me to add a few functions, however. For example, < ExprResult CheckAdditiveOperands( // C99 6.5.6 < Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpCode); > inline QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); > inline QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); While this isn't as terse, it more closely reflects the differences in the typechecking logic. For example, I disliked having to check the code again in CheckMultiplicativeOperands/CheckAdditiveOperands. Created the following helper functions: - Expr::isNullPointerConstant(). - SemaExpr.cpp: static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(). This was purely asethetic, since ParseBinOp() is now larger. I didn't feel like looking at 2 huge switch statements. ParseBinOp() now avoids using any of the BinaryOperator predicates (since I switched to a switch statement:-) Only one regret (minor). I couldn't figure out how to avoid having two assign functions, CheckCompoundAssignmentOperands, CheckSimpleAssignmentOperands. Conceptually, the two functions make sense. Unfortunately, their implementation contains a lot of duplication (thought they aren't that be in the first place). llvm-svn: 39433
2007-05-05 05:54:46 +08:00
break;
case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: Implemented type checking for compound assignments (*=, /=, etc.). This encouraged me to do a fairly dramatic refactoring of the Check* functions. (since I wanted to reuse the existing work, rather than duplicate the logic). For example, I changed all the Check* functions to return a QualType (instead of returning an Expr). This had a very nice side benefit...there is now only one instantiation point for BinaryOperator()! (A property I've always wanted...separating type checking from AST building is *much* nicer). Another change is to remove "code" from all the Check* functions (this allowed me to remove the weird comment about enums/unsigned:-). Removing the code forced me to add a few functions, however. For example, < ExprResult CheckAdditiveOperands( // C99 6.5.6 < Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpCode); > inline QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); > inline QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); While this isn't as terse, it more closely reflects the differences in the typechecking logic. For example, I disliked having to check the code again in CheckMultiplicativeOperands/CheckAdditiveOperands. Created the following helper functions: - Expr::isNullPointerConstant(). - SemaExpr.cpp: static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(). This was purely asethetic, since ParseBinOp() is now larger. I didn't feel like looking at 2 huge switch statements. ParseBinOp() now avoids using any of the BinaryOperator predicates (since I switched to a switch statement:-) Only one regret (minor). I couldn't figure out how to avoid having two assign functions, CheckCompoundAssignmentOperands, CheckSimpleAssignmentOperands. Conceptually, the two functions make sense. Unfortunately, their implementation contains a lot of duplication (thought they aren't that be in the first place). llvm-svn: 39433
2007-05-05 05:54:46 +08:00
break;
case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: Implemented type checking for compound assignments (*=, /=, etc.). This encouraged me to do a fairly dramatic refactoring of the Check* functions. (since I wanted to reuse the existing work, rather than duplicate the logic). For example, I changed all the Check* functions to return a QualType (instead of returning an Expr). This had a very nice side benefit...there is now only one instantiation point for BinaryOperator()! (A property I've always wanted...separating type checking from AST building is *much* nicer). Another change is to remove "code" from all the Check* functions (this allowed me to remove the weird comment about enums/unsigned:-). Removing the code forced me to add a few functions, however. For example, < ExprResult CheckAdditiveOperands( // C99 6.5.6 < Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpCode); > inline QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); > inline QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); While this isn't as terse, it more closely reflects the differences in the typechecking logic. For example, I disliked having to check the code again in CheckMultiplicativeOperands/CheckAdditiveOperands. Created the following helper functions: - Expr::isNullPointerConstant(). - SemaExpr.cpp: static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(). This was purely asethetic, since ParseBinOp() is now larger. I didn't feel like looking at 2 huge switch statements. ParseBinOp() now avoids using any of the BinaryOperator predicates (since I switched to a switch statement:-) Only one regret (minor). I couldn't figure out how to avoid having two assign functions, CheckCompoundAssignmentOperands, CheckSimpleAssignmentOperands. Conceptually, the two functions make sense. Unfortunately, their implementation contains a lot of duplication (thought they aren't that be in the first place). llvm-svn: 39433
2007-05-05 05:54:46 +08:00
break;
case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: Implemented type checking for compound assignments (*=, /=, etc.). This encouraged me to do a fairly dramatic refactoring of the Check* functions. (since I wanted to reuse the existing work, rather than duplicate the logic). For example, I changed all the Check* functions to return a QualType (instead of returning an Expr). This had a very nice side benefit...there is now only one instantiation point for BinaryOperator()! (A property I've always wanted...separating type checking from AST building is *much* nicer). Another change is to remove "code" from all the Check* functions (this allowed me to remove the weird comment about enums/unsigned:-). Removing the code forced me to add a few functions, however. For example, < ExprResult CheckAdditiveOperands( // C99 6.5.6 < Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpCode); > inline QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); > inline QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); While this isn't as terse, it more closely reflects the differences in the typechecking logic. For example, I disliked having to check the code again in CheckMultiplicativeOperands/CheckAdditiveOperands. Created the following helper functions: - Expr::isNullPointerConstant(). - SemaExpr.cpp: static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(). This was purely asethetic, since ParseBinOp() is now larger. I didn't feel like looking at 2 huge switch statements. ParseBinOp() now avoids using any of the BinaryOperator predicates (since I switched to a switch statement:-) Only one regret (minor). I couldn't figure out how to avoid having two assign functions, CheckCompoundAssignmentOperands, CheckSimpleAssignmentOperands. Conceptually, the two functions make sense. Unfortunately, their implementation contains a lot of duplication (thought they aren't that be in the first place). llvm-svn: 39433
2007-05-05 05:54:46 +08:00
break;
case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: Implemented type checking for compound assignments (*=, /=, etc.). This encouraged me to do a fairly dramatic refactoring of the Check* functions. (since I wanted to reuse the existing work, rather than duplicate the logic). For example, I changed all the Check* functions to return a QualType (instead of returning an Expr). This had a very nice side benefit...there is now only one instantiation point for BinaryOperator()! (A property I've always wanted...separating type checking from AST building is *much* nicer). Another change is to remove "code" from all the Check* functions (this allowed me to remove the weird comment about enums/unsigned:-). Removing the code forced me to add a few functions, however. For example, < ExprResult CheckAdditiveOperands( // C99 6.5.6 < Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpCode); > inline QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); > inline QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); While this isn't as terse, it more closely reflects the differences in the typechecking logic. For example, I disliked having to check the code again in CheckMultiplicativeOperands/CheckAdditiveOperands. Created the following helper functions: - Expr::isNullPointerConstant(). - SemaExpr.cpp: static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(). This was purely asethetic, since ParseBinOp() is now larger. I didn't feel like looking at 2 huge switch statements. ParseBinOp() now avoids using any of the BinaryOperator predicates (since I switched to a switch statement:-) Only one regret (minor). I couldn't figure out how to avoid having two assign functions, CheckCompoundAssignmentOperands, CheckSimpleAssignmentOperands. Conceptually, the two functions make sense. Unfortunately, their implementation contains a lot of duplication (thought they aren't that be in the first place). llvm-svn: 39433
2007-05-05 05:54:46 +08:00
break;
case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: Implemented type checking for compound assignments (*=, /=, etc.). This encouraged me to do a fairly dramatic refactoring of the Check* functions. (since I wanted to reuse the existing work, rather than duplicate the logic). For example, I changed all the Check* functions to return a QualType (instead of returning an Expr). This had a very nice side benefit...there is now only one instantiation point for BinaryOperator()! (A property I've always wanted...separating type checking from AST building is *much* nicer). Another change is to remove "code" from all the Check* functions (this allowed me to remove the weird comment about enums/unsigned:-). Removing the code forced me to add a few functions, however. For example, < ExprResult CheckAdditiveOperands( // C99 6.5.6 < Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpCode); > inline QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); > inline QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); While this isn't as terse, it more closely reflects the differences in the typechecking logic. For example, I disliked having to check the code again in CheckMultiplicativeOperands/CheckAdditiveOperands. Created the following helper functions: - Expr::isNullPointerConstant(). - SemaExpr.cpp: static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(). This was purely asethetic, since ParseBinOp() is now larger. I didn't feel like looking at 2 huge switch statements. ParseBinOp() now avoids using any of the BinaryOperator predicates (since I switched to a switch statement:-) Only one regret (minor). I couldn't figure out how to avoid having two assign functions, CheckCompoundAssignmentOperands, CheckSimpleAssignmentOperands. Conceptually, the two functions make sense. Unfortunately, their implementation contains a lot of duplication (thought they aren't that be in the first place). llvm-svn: 39433
2007-05-05 05:54:46 +08:00
break;
case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: Implemented type checking for compound assignments (*=, /=, etc.). This encouraged me to do a fairly dramatic refactoring of the Check* functions. (since I wanted to reuse the existing work, rather than duplicate the logic). For example, I changed all the Check* functions to return a QualType (instead of returning an Expr). This had a very nice side benefit...there is now only one instantiation point for BinaryOperator()! (A property I've always wanted...separating type checking from AST building is *much* nicer). Another change is to remove "code" from all the Check* functions (this allowed me to remove the weird comment about enums/unsigned:-). Removing the code forced me to add a few functions, however. For example, < ExprResult CheckAdditiveOperands( // C99 6.5.6 < Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpCode); > inline QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); > inline QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); While this isn't as terse, it more closely reflects the differences in the typechecking logic. For example, I disliked having to check the code again in CheckMultiplicativeOperands/CheckAdditiveOperands. Created the following helper functions: - Expr::isNullPointerConstant(). - SemaExpr.cpp: static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(). This was purely asethetic, since ParseBinOp() is now larger. I didn't feel like looking at 2 huge switch statements. ParseBinOp() now avoids using any of the BinaryOperator predicates (since I switched to a switch statement:-) Only one regret (minor). I couldn't figure out how to avoid having two assign functions, CheckCompoundAssignmentOperands, CheckSimpleAssignmentOperands. Conceptually, the two functions make sense. Unfortunately, their implementation contains a lot of duplication (thought they aren't that be in the first place). llvm-svn: 39433
2007-05-05 05:54:46 +08:00
break;
case BinaryOperator::Comma:
ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: Implemented type checking for compound assignments (*=, /=, etc.). This encouraged me to do a fairly dramatic refactoring of the Check* functions. (since I wanted to reuse the existing work, rather than duplicate the logic). For example, I changed all the Check* functions to return a QualType (instead of returning an Expr). This had a very nice side benefit...there is now only one instantiation point for BinaryOperator()! (A property I've always wanted...separating type checking from AST building is *much* nicer). Another change is to remove "code" from all the Check* functions (this allowed me to remove the weird comment about enums/unsigned:-). Removing the code forced me to add a few functions, however. For example, < ExprResult CheckAdditiveOperands( // C99 6.5.6 < Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpCode); > inline QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); > inline QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); While this isn't as terse, it more closely reflects the differences in the typechecking logic. For example, I disliked having to check the code again in CheckMultiplicativeOperands/CheckAdditiveOperands. Created the following helper functions: - Expr::isNullPointerConstant(). - SemaExpr.cpp: static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(). This was purely asethetic, since ParseBinOp() is now larger. I didn't feel like looking at 2 huge switch statements. ParseBinOp() now avoids using any of the BinaryOperator predicates (since I switched to a switch statement:-) Only one regret (minor). I couldn't figure out how to avoid having two assign functions, CheckCompoundAssignmentOperands, CheckSimpleAssignmentOperands. Conceptually, the two functions make sense. Unfortunately, their implementation contains a lot of duplication (thought they aren't that be in the first place). llvm-svn: 39433
2007-05-05 05:54:46 +08:00
break;
}
if (ResultTy.isNull())
return ExprError();
if (CompResultTy.isNull())
return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
else
return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
OpLoc));
}
/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
/// ParenRange in parentheses.
static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
SourceRange ParenRange)
{
SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
if (!ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
// We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
// warning/error and return.
Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
return;
}
Self.Diag(Loc, PD)
<< CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
<< CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
}
/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
// Subs are not binary operators.
if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
return;
// Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
// Don't diagnose this.
if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
(BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
return;
if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
<< SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
<< BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()));
else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
<< SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
<< BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()));
}
/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
}
// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
tok::TokenKind Kind,
ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
// Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
}
Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
(lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
// Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
// point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
// scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
// the arguments.
FunctionSet Functions;
OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
if (OverOp != OO_None) {
if (S)
LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
Functions);
Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
DeclarationName OpName
= Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, Args, 2, Functions);
}
// Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
// binary operation.
return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
}
// Build a built-in binary operation.
return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Bug #: Submitted by: Reviewed by: Implemented type checking for compound assignments (*=, /=, etc.). This encouraged me to do a fairly dramatic refactoring of the Check* functions. (since I wanted to reuse the existing work, rather than duplicate the logic). For example, I changed all the Check* functions to return a QualType (instead of returning an Expr). This had a very nice side benefit...there is now only one instantiation point for BinaryOperator()! (A property I've always wanted...separating type checking from AST building is *much* nicer). Another change is to remove "code" from all the Check* functions (this allowed me to remove the weird comment about enums/unsigned:-). Removing the code forced me to add a few functions, however. For example, < ExprResult CheckAdditiveOperands( // C99 6.5.6 < Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpCode); > inline QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); > inline QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 > Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc); While this isn't as terse, it more closely reflects the differences in the typechecking logic. For example, I disliked having to check the code again in CheckMultiplicativeOperands/CheckAdditiveOperands. Created the following helper functions: - Expr::isNullPointerConstant(). - SemaExpr.cpp: static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(). This was purely asethetic, since ParseBinOp() is now larger. I didn't feel like looking at 2 huge switch statements. ParseBinOp() now avoids using any of the BinaryOperator predicates (since I switched to a switch statement:-) Only one regret (minor). I couldn't figure out how to avoid having two assign functions, CheckCompoundAssignmentOperands, CheckSimpleAssignmentOperands. Conceptually, the two functions make sense. Unfortunately, their implementation contains a lot of duplication (thought they aren't that be in the first place). llvm-svn: 39433
2007-05-05 05:54:46 +08:00
}
Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
unsigned OpcIn,
ExprArg InputArg) {
UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
2009-05-16 15:39:55 +08:00
// FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
QualType resultType;
switch (Opc) {
case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
break;
case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
break;
case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
break;
case UnaryOperator::Deref:
DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
break;
case UnaryOperator::Plus:
case UnaryOperator::Minus:
UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
resultType = Input->getType();
if (resultType->isDependentType())
break;
if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
break;
else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
resultType->isEnumeralType())
break;
else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
resultType->isPointerType())
break;
return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
<< resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
resultType = Input->getType();
if (resultType->isDependentType())
break;
// C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
// C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
<< resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
<< resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
break;
case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
// Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
resultType = Input->getType();
if (resultType->isDependentType())
break;
if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
<< resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
// LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
// In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
break;
case UnaryOperator::Real:
case UnaryOperator::Imag:
resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
break;
case UnaryOperator::Extension:
resultType = Input->getType();
break;
}
if (resultType.isNull())
return ExprError();
InputArg.release();
return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
}
Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
ExprArg input) {
Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
Opc != UnaryOperator::Extension) {
// Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
// point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
// scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
// the arguments.
FunctionSet Functions;
OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
if (OverOp != OO_None) {
if (S)
LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
Functions);
DeclarationName OpName
= Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, &Input, 1, Functions);
}
return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
}
return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
}
// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input));
}
/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
SourceLocation LabLoc,
IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
// Look up the record for this label identifier.
LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
// If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
// will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
if (LabelDecl == 0)
LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
// Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
}
Sema::OwningExprResult
Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
if (isFileScope)
return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
// FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
// example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
// More semantic analysis is needed.
// If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
// as the type of the stmtexpr.
QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
// If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Ty = LastExpr->getType();
}
// FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
// expressions are not lvalues.
substmt.release();
return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
}
Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
SourceLocation TypeLoc,
TypeTy *argty,
OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
unsigned NumComponents,
SourceLocation RPLoc) {
// FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
// error.
// FIXME: Preserve type source info.
QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
// We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
// one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
// a struct/union/class.
if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
// FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
// with an incomplete type would be illegal.
// Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
// the offsetof designators.
QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
ArgTy, SourceLocation());
// offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
// GCC extension, diagnose them.
// FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
// a system header!
if (NumComponents != 1)
Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
<< SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
if (!Dependent) {
2009-05-04 05:22:18 +08:00
bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(),
diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
return ExprError();
// FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
// leaks like a sieve.
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
if (OC.isBrackets) {
// Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
if (!AT) {
Res->Destroy(Context);
return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
<< Res->getType());
}
// FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
// Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
// expression.
DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
// C99 6.5.2.1p1
Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
// FIXME: Leaks Res
if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
<< Idx->getSourceRange());
Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
OC.LocEnd);
continue;
}
const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
if (!RC) {
Res->Destroy(Context);
return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
<< Res->getType());
}
// Get the decl corresponding to this.
RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD &&
DiagRuntimeBehavior(BuiltinLoc,
PDiag(diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
<< SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
<< Res->getType()))
DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
}
LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>();
// FIXME: Leaks Res
if (!MemberDecl)
return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
<< OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
// FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
// FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
OC.LocEnd, MemberDecl, Res, OC.LocEnd).takeAs<Expr>();
} else {
PerformObjectMemberConversion(Res, MemberDecl);
// MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
// doesn't matter here.
Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
}
}
}
return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
}
Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
SourceLocation RPLoc) {
// FIXME: Preserve type source info.
QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
<< SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
return ExprError();
}
return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
}
Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
ExprArg cond,
ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
QualType resType;
bool ValueDependent = false;
if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
resType = Context.DependentTy;
ValueDependent = true;
} else {
// The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
SourceLocation ExpLoc;
if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
<< CondExpr->getSourceRange());
// If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
: RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
}
cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
resType, RPLoc,
resType->isDependentType(),
ValueDependent));
}
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
// Clang Extensions.
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
// Analyze block parameters.
BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
// Add BSI to CurBlock.
BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
CurBlock = BSI;
BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
BSI->hasPrototype = false;
BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
CurContext->addDecl(BSI->TheDecl);
PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
}
void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
|| ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
if (T->isArrayType()) {
Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
diag::err_block_returns_array);
return;
}
// The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
if (!T->isFunctionType())
T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
// Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
// FIXME: remove the attribute.
}
QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
// Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
return;
}
return;
}
// Analyze arguments to block.
assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
"Not a function declarator!");
DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
// Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
// no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
(!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
// empty arg list, don't push any params.
CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
} else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
}
CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
CurBlock->Params.size());
CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
// If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
// Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
// FIXME: remove the attribute.
}
// Analyze the return type.
QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
// Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
} else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
}
/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
// Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
// Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
PopDeclContext();
CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
// FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
}
/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
// If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
// Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
PopDeclContext();
// Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
QualType BlockTy;
if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
NoReturn);
else
BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
NoReturn);
// FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
// If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
}
Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
SourceLocation RPLoc) {
QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
Expr *OrigExpr = E;
InitBuiltinVaListType();
// Get the va_list type
QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
// Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
// va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
// a pointer for va_arg.
VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
// Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
UsualUnaryConversions(E);
} else {
// Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
// it is modified by va_arg.
if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
return ExprError();
}
if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
!Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
<< OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
}
// FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
// FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
expr.release();
return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
RPLoc));
}
Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
// The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
// pointers on the target.
QualType Ty;
if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
Ty = Context.IntTy;
else
Ty = Context.LongTy;
return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
}
static void
MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(Sema& SemaRef,
QualType DstType,
Expr *SrcExpr,
CodeModificationHint &Hint) {
if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1)
return;
const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
if (!PT)
return;
// Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
// Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
return;
}
// Strip off any parens and casts.
StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts());
if (!SL || SL->isWide())
return;
Hint = CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
}
bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
SourceLocation Loc,
QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action) {
// Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
bool isInvalid = false;
unsigned DiagKind;
CodeModificationHint Hint;
switch (ConvTy) {
default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
case Compatible: return false;
case PointerToInt:
DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
break;
case IntToPointer:
DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
break;
case IncompatiblePointer:
MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
break;
case IncompatiblePointerSign:
DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
break;
case FunctionVoidPointer:
DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
break;
case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
// If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
// (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
// (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
// Ideally, this check would be performed in
// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
// bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
// expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
// of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
// C++ semantics.
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
return false;
DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
break;
case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
break;
case IntToBlockPointer:
DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
break;
case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
break;
case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
// FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
// it can give a more specific diagnostic.
DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
break;
case IncompatibleVectors:
DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
break;
case Incompatible:
DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
isInvalid = true;
break;
}
Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Action
<< SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint;
return isInvalid;
}
bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
if (Result)
*Result = ICEResult;
return false;
}
Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
if (EvalResult.Diag) {
// We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
// or if it's actually in a subexpression.
if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
}
return true;
}
Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
E->getSourceRange();
if (EvalResult.Diag &&
Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
if (Result)
*Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
return false;
}
void
Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
ExprEvalContexts.push_back(
ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(NewContext, ExprTemporaries.size()));
}
void
Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() {
// Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack.
ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back();
ExprEvalContexts.pop_back();
if (Rec.Context == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
if (Rec.PotentiallyReferenced) {
// Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
// as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
// analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator
I = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->begin(),
IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->end();
I != IEnd; ++I)
MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
}
if (Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed) {
// Emit any pending diagnostics.
for (PotentiallyEmittedDiagnostics::iterator
I = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->begin(),
IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->end();
I != IEnd; ++I)
Diag(I->first, I->second);
}
}
// When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any
// temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of
// the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they
// will never be constructed.
if (Rec.Context == Unevaluated &&
ExprTemporaries.size() > Rec.NumTemporaries)
ExprTemporaries.erase(ExprTemporaries.begin() + Rec.NumTemporaries,
ExprTemporaries.end());
// Destroy the popped expression evaluation record.
Rec.Destroy();
}
/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
///
/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
///
/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
///
/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
assert(D && "No declaration?");
if (D->isUsed())
return;
// Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
// template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
// (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
// -Wunused-parameters)
if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
(isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()))
D->setUsed(true);
// Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
// an instantiation.
if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
return;
switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
case Unevaluated:
// We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
return;
case PotentiallyEvaluated:
// We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
// "used"; handle this below.
break;
case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
// We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
// declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
// potentially evaluated.
ExprEvalContexts.back().addReferencedDecl(Loc, D);
return;
}
// Note that this declaration has been used.
if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
unsigned TypeQuals;
if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
if (!Constructor->isUsed())
DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
} else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Constructor->isCopyConstructor(TypeQuals)) {
if (!Constructor->isUsed())
DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
}
MaybeMarkVirtualMembersReferenced(Loc, Constructor);
} else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
} else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
}
}
if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
// Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
// class templates.
if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
= Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
AlreadyInstantiated = true;
} else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
= Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
AlreadyInstantiated = true;
}
if (!AlreadyInstantiated)
PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
}
// FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Function->setUsed(true);
return;
}
if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
// Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
}
}
// FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
D->setUsed(true);
return;
2009-09-11 11:29:30 +08:00
}
}
/// \brief Emit a diagnostic that describes an effect on the run-time behavior
/// of the program being compiled.
///
/// This routine emits the given diagnostic when the code currently being
/// type-checked is "potentially evaluated", meaning that there is a
/// possibility that the code will actually be executable. Code in sizeof()
/// expressions, code used only during overload resolution, etc., are not
/// potentially evaluated. This routine will suppress such diagnostics or,
/// in the absolutely nutty case of potentially potentially evaluated
/// expressions (C++ typeid), queue the diagnostic to potentially emit it
/// later.
///
/// This routine should be used for all diagnostics that describe the run-time
/// behavior of a program, such as passing a non-POD value through an ellipsis.
/// Failure to do so will likely result in spurious diagnostics or failures
/// during overload resolution or within sizeof/alignof/typeof/typeid.
bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc,
const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context ) {
case Unevaluated:
// The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain.
break;
case PotentiallyEvaluated:
Diag(Loc, PD);
return true;
case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
ExprEvalContexts.back().addDiagnostic(Loc, PD);
break;
}
return false;
}
bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
return false;
PartialDiagnostic Note =
FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
<< FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
FD ?
PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
<< CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
<< CE->getSourceRange(),
std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
return true;
return false;
}
// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
SourceLocation Loc;
unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
return;
// Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
= dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
// self = [<foo> init...]
if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS())
&& Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName().startswith("init"))
diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
// <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() &&
Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName() == "nextObject")
diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
}
Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
} else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
return;
Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
} else {
// Not an assignment.
return;
}
SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
Diag(Loc, diagnostic)
<< E->getSourceRange()
<< CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
<< CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
}
bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
QualType T = E->getType();
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
return true;
} else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
<< T << E->getSourceRange();
return true;
}
}
return false;
}